]> git.saurik.com Git - bison.git/blob - doc/bison.texinfo
* data/c.m4 (b4_c_modern): New macro, with a new provision for _MSC_VER.
[bison.git] / doc / bison.texinfo
1 \input texinfo @c -*-texinfo-*-
2 @comment %**start of header
3 @setfilename bison.info
4 @include version.texi
5 @settitle Bison @value{VERSION}
6 @setchapternewpage odd
7
8 @finalout
9
10 @c SMALL BOOK version
11 @c This edition has been formatted so that you can format and print it in
12 @c the smallbook format.
13 @c @smallbook
14
15 @c Set following if you have the new `shorttitlepage' command
16 @c @clear shorttitlepage-enabled
17 @c @set shorttitlepage-enabled
18
19 @c Set following if you want to document %default-prec and %no-default-prec.
20 @c This feature is experimental and may change in future Bison versions.
21 @c @set defaultprec
22
23 @c ISPELL CHECK: done, 14 Jan 1993 --bob
24
25 @c Check COPYRIGHT dates. should be updated in the titlepage, ifinfo
26 @c titlepage; should NOT be changed in the GPL. --mew
27
28 @c FIXME: I don't understand this `iftex'. Obsolete? --akim.
29 @iftex
30 @syncodeindex fn cp
31 @syncodeindex vr cp
32 @syncodeindex tp cp
33 @end iftex
34 @ifinfo
35 @synindex fn cp
36 @synindex vr cp
37 @synindex tp cp
38 @end ifinfo
39 @comment %**end of header
40
41 @copying
42
43 This manual is for @acronym{GNU} Bison (version @value{VERSION},
44 @value{UPDATED}), the @acronym{GNU} parser generator.
45
46 Copyright @copyright{} 1988, 1989, 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993, 1995, 1998,
47 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
48
49 @quotation
50 Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
51 under the terms of the @acronym{GNU} Free Documentation License,
52 Version 1.2 or any later version published by the Free Software
53 Foundation; with no Invariant Sections, with the Front-Cover texts
54 being ``A @acronym{GNU} Manual,'' and with the Back-Cover Texts as in
55 (a) below. A copy of the license is included in the section entitled
56 ``@acronym{GNU} Free Documentation License.''
57
58 (a) The @acronym{FSF}'s Back-Cover Text is: ``You have freedom to copy
59 and modify this @acronym{GNU} Manual, like @acronym{GNU} software.
60 Copies published by the Free Software Foundation raise funds for
61 @acronym{GNU} development.''
62 @end quotation
63 @end copying
64
65 @dircategory Software development
66 @direntry
67 * bison: (bison). @acronym{GNU} parser generator (Yacc replacement).
68 @end direntry
69
70 @ifset shorttitlepage-enabled
71 @shorttitlepage Bison
72 @end ifset
73 @titlepage
74 @title Bison
75 @subtitle The Yacc-compatible Parser Generator
76 @subtitle @value{UPDATED}, Bison Version @value{VERSION}
77
78 @author by Charles Donnelly and Richard Stallman
79
80 @page
81 @vskip 0pt plus 1filll
82 @insertcopying
83 @sp 2
84 Published by the Free Software Foundation @*
85 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor @*
86 Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA @*
87 Printed copies are available from the Free Software Foundation.@*
88 @acronym{ISBN} 1-882114-44-2
89 @sp 2
90 Cover art by Etienne Suvasa.
91 @end titlepage
92
93 @contents
94
95 @ifnottex
96 @node Top
97 @top Bison
98 @insertcopying
99 @end ifnottex
100
101 @menu
102 * Introduction::
103 * Conditions::
104 * Copying:: The @acronym{GNU} General Public License says
105 how you can copy and share Bison
106
107 Tutorial sections:
108 * Concepts:: Basic concepts for understanding Bison.
109 * Examples:: Three simple explained examples of using Bison.
110
111 Reference sections:
112 * Grammar File:: Writing Bison declarations and rules.
113 * Interface:: C-language interface to the parser function @code{yyparse}.
114 * Algorithm:: How the Bison parser works at run-time.
115 * Error Recovery:: Writing rules for error recovery.
116 * Context Dependency:: What to do if your language syntax is too
117 messy for Bison to handle straightforwardly.
118 * Debugging:: Understanding or debugging Bison parsers.
119 * Invocation:: How to run Bison (to produce the parser source file).
120 * C++ Language Interface:: Creating C++ parser objects.
121 * FAQ:: Frequently Asked Questions
122 * Table of Symbols:: All the keywords of the Bison language are explained.
123 * Glossary:: Basic concepts are explained.
124 * Copying This Manual:: License for copying this manual.
125 * Index:: Cross-references to the text.
126
127 @detailmenu
128 --- The Detailed Node Listing ---
129
130 The Concepts of Bison
131
132 * Language and Grammar:: Languages and context-free grammars,
133 as mathematical ideas.
134 * Grammar in Bison:: How we represent grammars for Bison's sake.
135 * Semantic Values:: Each token or syntactic grouping can have
136 a semantic value (the value of an integer,
137 the name of an identifier, etc.).
138 * Semantic Actions:: Each rule can have an action containing C code.
139 * GLR Parsers:: Writing parsers for general context-free languages.
140 * Locations Overview:: Tracking Locations.
141 * Bison Parser:: What are Bison's input and output,
142 how is the output used?
143 * Stages:: Stages in writing and running Bison grammars.
144 * Grammar Layout:: Overall structure of a Bison grammar file.
145
146 Writing @acronym{GLR} Parsers
147
148 * Simple GLR Parsers:: Using @acronym{GLR} parsers on unambiguous grammars
149 * Merging GLR Parses:: Using @acronym{GLR} parsers to resolve ambiguities
150 * Compiler Requirements:: @acronym{GLR} parsers require a modern C compiler
151
152 Examples
153
154 * RPN Calc:: Reverse polish notation calculator;
155 a first example with no operator precedence.
156 * Infix Calc:: Infix (algebraic) notation calculator.
157 Operator precedence is introduced.
158 * Simple Error Recovery:: Continuing after syntax errors.
159 * Location Tracking Calc:: Demonstrating the use of @@@var{n} and @@$.
160 * Multi-function Calc:: Calculator with memory and trig functions.
161 It uses multiple data-types for semantic values.
162 * Exercises:: Ideas for improving the multi-function calculator.
163
164 Reverse Polish Notation Calculator
165
166 * Decls: Rpcalc Decls. Prologue (declarations) for rpcalc.
167 * Rules: Rpcalc Rules. Grammar Rules for rpcalc, with explanation.
168 * Lexer: Rpcalc Lexer. The lexical analyzer.
169 * Main: Rpcalc Main. The controlling function.
170 * Error: Rpcalc Error. The error reporting function.
171 * Gen: Rpcalc Gen. Running Bison on the grammar file.
172 * Comp: Rpcalc Compile. Run the C compiler on the output code.
173
174 Grammar Rules for @code{rpcalc}
175
176 * Rpcalc Input::
177 * Rpcalc Line::
178 * Rpcalc Expr::
179
180 Location Tracking Calculator: @code{ltcalc}
181
182 * Decls: Ltcalc Decls. Bison and C declarations for ltcalc.
183 * Rules: Ltcalc Rules. Grammar rules for ltcalc, with explanations.
184 * Lexer: Ltcalc Lexer. The lexical analyzer.
185
186 Multi-Function Calculator: @code{mfcalc}
187
188 * Decl: Mfcalc Decl. Bison declarations for multi-function calculator.
189 * Rules: Mfcalc Rules. Grammar rules for the calculator.
190 * Symtab: Mfcalc Symtab. Symbol table management subroutines.
191
192 Bison Grammar Files
193
194 * Grammar Outline:: Overall layout of the grammar file.
195 * Symbols:: Terminal and nonterminal symbols.
196 * Rules:: How to write grammar rules.
197 * Recursion:: Writing recursive rules.
198 * Semantics:: Semantic values and actions.
199 * Locations:: Locations and actions.
200 * Declarations:: All kinds of Bison declarations are described here.
201 * Multiple Parsers:: Putting more than one Bison parser in one program.
202
203 Outline of a Bison Grammar
204
205 * Prologue:: Syntax and usage of the prologue.
206 * Bison Declarations:: Syntax and usage of the Bison declarations section.
207 * Grammar Rules:: Syntax and usage of the grammar rules section.
208 * Epilogue:: Syntax and usage of the epilogue.
209
210 Defining Language Semantics
211
212 * Value Type:: Specifying one data type for all semantic values.
213 * Multiple Types:: Specifying several alternative data types.
214 * Actions:: An action is the semantic definition of a grammar rule.
215 * Action Types:: Specifying data types for actions to operate on.
216 * Mid-Rule Actions:: Most actions go at the end of a rule.
217 This says when, why and how to use the exceptional
218 action in the middle of a rule.
219
220 Tracking Locations
221
222 * Location Type:: Specifying a data type for locations.
223 * Actions and Locations:: Using locations in actions.
224 * Location Default Action:: Defining a general way to compute locations.
225
226 Bison Declarations
227
228 * Require Decl:: Requiring a Bison version.
229 * Token Decl:: Declaring terminal symbols.
230 * Precedence Decl:: Declaring terminals with precedence and associativity.
231 * Union Decl:: Declaring the set of all semantic value types.
232 * Type Decl:: Declaring the choice of type for a nonterminal symbol.
233 * Initial Action Decl:: Code run before parsing starts.
234 * Destructor Decl:: Declaring how symbols are freed.
235 * Expect Decl:: Suppressing warnings about parsing conflicts.
236 * Start Decl:: Specifying the start symbol.
237 * Pure Decl:: Requesting a reentrant parser.
238 * Decl Summary:: Table of all Bison declarations.
239
240 Parser C-Language Interface
241
242 * Parser Function:: How to call @code{yyparse} and what it returns.
243 * Lexical:: You must supply a function @code{yylex}
244 which reads tokens.
245 * Error Reporting:: You must supply a function @code{yyerror}.
246 * Action Features:: Special features for use in actions.
247 * Internationalization:: How to let the parser speak in the user's
248 native language.
249
250 The Lexical Analyzer Function @code{yylex}
251
252 * Calling Convention:: How @code{yyparse} calls @code{yylex}.
253 * Token Values:: How @code{yylex} must return the semantic value
254 of the token it has read.
255 * Token Locations:: How @code{yylex} must return the text location
256 (line number, etc.) of the token, if the
257 actions want that.
258 * Pure Calling:: How the calling convention differs
259 in a pure parser (@pxref{Pure Decl, ,A Pure (Reentrant) Parser}).
260
261 The Bison Parser Algorithm
262
263 * Look-Ahead:: Parser looks one token ahead when deciding what to do.
264 * Shift/Reduce:: Conflicts: when either shifting or reduction is valid.
265 * Precedence:: Operator precedence works by resolving conflicts.
266 * Contextual Precedence:: When an operator's precedence depends on context.
267 * Parser States:: The parser is a finite-state-machine with stack.
268 * Reduce/Reduce:: When two rules are applicable in the same situation.
269 * Mystery Conflicts:: Reduce/reduce conflicts that look unjustified.
270 * Generalized LR Parsing:: Parsing arbitrary context-free grammars.
271 * Memory Management:: What happens when memory is exhausted. How to avoid it.
272
273 Operator Precedence
274
275 * Why Precedence:: An example showing why precedence is needed.
276 * Using Precedence:: How to specify precedence in Bison grammars.
277 * Precedence Examples:: How these features are used in the previous example.
278 * How Precedence:: How they work.
279
280 Handling Context Dependencies
281
282 * Semantic Tokens:: Token parsing can depend on the semantic context.
283 * Lexical Tie-ins:: Token parsing can depend on the syntactic context.
284 * Tie-in Recovery:: Lexical tie-ins have implications for how
285 error recovery rules must be written.
286
287 Debugging Your Parser
288
289 * Understanding:: Understanding the structure of your parser.
290 * Tracing:: Tracing the execution of your parser.
291
292 Invoking Bison
293
294 * Bison Options:: All the options described in detail,
295 in alphabetical order by short options.
296 * Option Cross Key:: Alphabetical list of long options.
297 * Yacc Library:: Yacc-compatible @code{yylex} and @code{main}.
298
299 C++ Language Interface
300
301 * C++ Parsers:: The interface to generate C++ parser classes
302 * A Complete C++ Example:: Demonstrating their use
303
304 C++ Parsers
305
306 * C++ Bison Interface:: Asking for C++ parser generation
307 * C++ Semantic Values:: %union vs. C++
308 * C++ Location Values:: The position and location classes
309 * C++ Parser Interface:: Instantiating and running the parser
310 * C++ Scanner Interface:: Exchanges between yylex and parse
311
312 A Complete C++ Example
313
314 * Calc++ --- C++ Calculator:: The specifications
315 * Calc++ Parsing Driver:: An active parsing context
316 * Calc++ Parser:: A parser class
317 * Calc++ Scanner:: A pure C++ Flex scanner
318 * Calc++ Top Level:: Conducting the band
319
320 Frequently Asked Questions
321
322 * Memory Exhausted:: Breaking the Stack Limits
323 * How Can I Reset the Parser:: @code{yyparse} Keeps some State
324 * Strings are Destroyed:: @code{yylval} Loses Track of Strings
325 * Implementing Gotos/Loops:: Control Flow in the Calculator
326
327 Copying This Manual
328
329 * GNU Free Documentation License:: License for copying this manual.
330
331 @end detailmenu
332 @end menu
333
334 @node Introduction
335 @unnumbered Introduction
336 @cindex introduction
337
338 @dfn{Bison} is a general-purpose parser generator that converts a
339 grammar description for an @acronym{LALR}(1) context-free grammar into a C
340 program to parse that grammar. Once you are proficient with Bison,
341 you may use it to develop a wide range of language parsers, from those
342 used in simple desk calculators to complex programming languages.
343
344 Bison is upward compatible with Yacc: all properly-written Yacc grammars
345 ought to work with Bison with no change. Anyone familiar with Yacc
346 should be able to use Bison with little trouble. You need to be fluent in
347 C programming in order to use Bison or to understand this manual.
348
349 We begin with tutorial chapters that explain the basic concepts of using
350 Bison and show three explained examples, each building on the last. If you
351 don't know Bison or Yacc, start by reading these chapters. Reference
352 chapters follow which describe specific aspects of Bison in detail.
353
354 Bison was written primarily by Robert Corbett; Richard Stallman made it
355 Yacc-compatible. Wilfred Hansen of Carnegie Mellon University added
356 multi-character string literals and other features.
357
358 This edition corresponds to version @value{VERSION} of Bison.
359
360 @node Conditions
361 @unnumbered Conditions for Using Bison
362
363 As of Bison version 1.24, we have changed the distribution terms for
364 @code{yyparse} to permit using Bison's output in nonfree programs when
365 Bison is generating C code for @acronym{LALR}(1) parsers. Formerly, these
366 parsers could be used only in programs that were free software.
367
368 The other @acronym{GNU} programming tools, such as the @acronym{GNU} C
369 compiler, have never
370 had such a requirement. They could always be used for nonfree
371 software. The reason Bison was different was not due to a special
372 policy decision; it resulted from applying the usual General Public
373 License to all of the Bison source code.
374
375 The output of the Bison utility---the Bison parser file---contains a
376 verbatim copy of a sizable piece of Bison, which is the code for the
377 @code{yyparse} function. (The actions from your grammar are inserted
378 into this function at one point, but the rest of the function is not
379 changed.) When we applied the @acronym{GPL} terms to the code for
380 @code{yyparse},
381 the effect was to restrict the use of Bison output to free software.
382
383 We didn't change the terms because of sympathy for people who want to
384 make software proprietary. @strong{Software should be free.} But we
385 concluded that limiting Bison's use to free software was doing little to
386 encourage people to make other software free. So we decided to make the
387 practical conditions for using Bison match the practical conditions for
388 using the other @acronym{GNU} tools.
389
390 This exception applies only when Bison is generating C code for an
391 @acronym{LALR}(1) parser; otherwise, the @acronym{GPL} terms operate
392 as usual. You can
393 tell whether the exception applies to your @samp{.c} output file by
394 inspecting it to see whether it says ``As a special exception, when
395 this file is copied by Bison into a Bison output file, you may use
396 that output file without restriction.''
397
398 @include gpl.texi
399
400 @node Concepts
401 @chapter The Concepts of Bison
402
403 This chapter introduces many of the basic concepts without which the
404 details of Bison will not make sense. If you do not already know how to
405 use Bison or Yacc, we suggest you start by reading this chapter carefully.
406
407 @menu
408 * Language and Grammar:: Languages and context-free grammars,
409 as mathematical ideas.
410 * Grammar in Bison:: How we represent grammars for Bison's sake.
411 * Semantic Values:: Each token or syntactic grouping can have
412 a semantic value (the value of an integer,
413 the name of an identifier, etc.).
414 * Semantic Actions:: Each rule can have an action containing C code.
415 * GLR Parsers:: Writing parsers for general context-free languages.
416 * Locations Overview:: Tracking Locations.
417 * Bison Parser:: What are Bison's input and output,
418 how is the output used?
419 * Stages:: Stages in writing and running Bison grammars.
420 * Grammar Layout:: Overall structure of a Bison grammar file.
421 @end menu
422
423 @node Language and Grammar
424 @section Languages and Context-Free Grammars
425
426 @cindex context-free grammar
427 @cindex grammar, context-free
428 In order for Bison to parse a language, it must be described by a
429 @dfn{context-free grammar}. This means that you specify one or more
430 @dfn{syntactic groupings} and give rules for constructing them from their
431 parts. For example, in the C language, one kind of grouping is called an
432 `expression'. One rule for making an expression might be, ``An expression
433 can be made of a minus sign and another expression''. Another would be,
434 ``An expression can be an integer''. As you can see, rules are often
435 recursive, but there must be at least one rule which leads out of the
436 recursion.
437
438 @cindex @acronym{BNF}
439 @cindex Backus-Naur form
440 The most common formal system for presenting such rules for humans to read
441 is @dfn{Backus-Naur Form} or ``@acronym{BNF}'', which was developed in
442 order to specify the language Algol 60. Any grammar expressed in
443 @acronym{BNF} is a context-free grammar. The input to Bison is
444 essentially machine-readable @acronym{BNF}.
445
446 @cindex @acronym{LALR}(1) grammars
447 @cindex @acronym{LR}(1) grammars
448 There are various important subclasses of context-free grammar. Although it
449 can handle almost all context-free grammars, Bison is optimized for what
450 are called @acronym{LALR}(1) grammars.
451 In brief, in these grammars, it must be possible to
452 tell how to parse any portion of an input string with just a single
453 token of look-ahead. Strictly speaking, that is a description of an
454 @acronym{LR}(1) grammar, and @acronym{LALR}(1) involves additional
455 restrictions that are
456 hard to explain simply; but it is rare in actual practice to find an
457 @acronym{LR}(1) grammar that fails to be @acronym{LALR}(1).
458 @xref{Mystery Conflicts, ,Mysterious Reduce/Reduce Conflicts}, for
459 more information on this.
460
461 @cindex @acronym{GLR} parsing
462 @cindex generalized @acronym{LR} (@acronym{GLR}) parsing
463 @cindex ambiguous grammars
464 @cindex nondeterministic parsing
465
466 Parsers for @acronym{LALR}(1) grammars are @dfn{deterministic}, meaning
467 roughly that the next grammar rule to apply at any point in the input is
468 uniquely determined by the preceding input and a fixed, finite portion
469 (called a @dfn{look-ahead}) of the remaining input. A context-free
470 grammar can be @dfn{ambiguous}, meaning that there are multiple ways to
471 apply the grammar rules to get the same inputs. Even unambiguous
472 grammars can be @dfn{nondeterministic}, meaning that no fixed
473 look-ahead always suffices to determine the next grammar rule to apply.
474 With the proper declarations, Bison is also able to parse these more
475 general context-free grammars, using a technique known as @acronym{GLR}
476 parsing (for Generalized @acronym{LR}). Bison's @acronym{GLR} parsers
477 are able to handle any context-free grammar for which the number of
478 possible parses of any given string is finite.
479
480 @cindex symbols (abstract)
481 @cindex token
482 @cindex syntactic grouping
483 @cindex grouping, syntactic
484 In the formal grammatical rules for a language, each kind of syntactic
485 unit or grouping is named by a @dfn{symbol}. Those which are built by
486 grouping smaller constructs according to grammatical rules are called
487 @dfn{nonterminal symbols}; those which can't be subdivided are called
488 @dfn{terminal symbols} or @dfn{token types}. We call a piece of input
489 corresponding to a single terminal symbol a @dfn{token}, and a piece
490 corresponding to a single nonterminal symbol a @dfn{grouping}.
491
492 We can use the C language as an example of what symbols, terminal and
493 nonterminal, mean. The tokens of C are identifiers, constants (numeric
494 and string), and the various keywords, arithmetic operators and
495 punctuation marks. So the terminal symbols of a grammar for C include
496 `identifier', `number', `string', plus one symbol for each keyword,
497 operator or punctuation mark: `if', `return', `const', `static', `int',
498 `char', `plus-sign', `open-brace', `close-brace', `comma' and many more.
499 (These tokens can be subdivided into characters, but that is a matter of
500 lexicography, not grammar.)
501
502 Here is a simple C function subdivided into tokens:
503
504 @ifinfo
505 @example
506 int /* @r{keyword `int'} */
507 square (int x) /* @r{identifier, open-paren, keyword `int',}
508 @r{identifier, close-paren} */
509 @{ /* @r{open-brace} */
510 return x * x; /* @r{keyword `return', identifier, asterisk,
511 identifier, semicolon} */
512 @} /* @r{close-brace} */
513 @end example
514 @end ifinfo
515 @ifnotinfo
516 @example
517 int /* @r{keyword `int'} */
518 square (int x) /* @r{identifier, open-paren, keyword `int', identifier, close-paren} */
519 @{ /* @r{open-brace} */
520 return x * x; /* @r{keyword `return', identifier, asterisk, identifier, semicolon} */
521 @} /* @r{close-brace} */
522 @end example
523 @end ifnotinfo
524
525 The syntactic groupings of C include the expression, the statement, the
526 declaration, and the function definition. These are represented in the
527 grammar of C by nonterminal symbols `expression', `statement',
528 `declaration' and `function definition'. The full grammar uses dozens of
529 additional language constructs, each with its own nonterminal symbol, in
530 order to express the meanings of these four. The example above is a
531 function definition; it contains one declaration, and one statement. In
532 the statement, each @samp{x} is an expression and so is @samp{x * x}.
533
534 Each nonterminal symbol must have grammatical rules showing how it is made
535 out of simpler constructs. For example, one kind of C statement is the
536 @code{return} statement; this would be described with a grammar rule which
537 reads informally as follows:
538
539 @quotation
540 A `statement' can be made of a `return' keyword, an `expression' and a
541 `semicolon'.
542 @end quotation
543
544 @noindent
545 There would be many other rules for `statement', one for each kind of
546 statement in C.
547
548 @cindex start symbol
549 One nonterminal symbol must be distinguished as the special one which
550 defines a complete utterance in the language. It is called the @dfn{start
551 symbol}. In a compiler, this means a complete input program. In the C
552 language, the nonterminal symbol `sequence of definitions and declarations'
553 plays this role.
554
555 For example, @samp{1 + 2} is a valid C expression---a valid part of a C
556 program---but it is not valid as an @emph{entire} C program. In the
557 context-free grammar of C, this follows from the fact that `expression' is
558 not the start symbol.
559
560 The Bison parser reads a sequence of tokens as its input, and groups the
561 tokens using the grammar rules. If the input is valid, the end result is
562 that the entire token sequence reduces to a single grouping whose symbol is
563 the grammar's start symbol. If we use a grammar for C, the entire input
564 must be a `sequence of definitions and declarations'. If not, the parser
565 reports a syntax error.
566
567 @node Grammar in Bison
568 @section From Formal Rules to Bison Input
569 @cindex Bison grammar
570 @cindex grammar, Bison
571 @cindex formal grammar
572
573 A formal grammar is a mathematical construct. To define the language
574 for Bison, you must write a file expressing the grammar in Bison syntax:
575 a @dfn{Bison grammar} file. @xref{Grammar File, ,Bison Grammar Files}.
576
577 A nonterminal symbol in the formal grammar is represented in Bison input
578 as an identifier, like an identifier in C@. By convention, it should be
579 in lower case, such as @code{expr}, @code{stmt} or @code{declaration}.
580
581 The Bison representation for a terminal symbol is also called a @dfn{token
582 type}. Token types as well can be represented as C-like identifiers. By
583 convention, these identifiers should be upper case to distinguish them from
584 nonterminals: for example, @code{INTEGER}, @code{IDENTIFIER}, @code{IF} or
585 @code{RETURN}. A terminal symbol that stands for a particular keyword in
586 the language should be named after that keyword converted to upper case.
587 The terminal symbol @code{error} is reserved for error recovery.
588 @xref{Symbols}.
589
590 A terminal symbol can also be represented as a character literal, just like
591 a C character constant. You should do this whenever a token is just a
592 single character (parenthesis, plus-sign, etc.): use that same character in
593 a literal as the terminal symbol for that token.
594
595 A third way to represent a terminal symbol is with a C string constant
596 containing several characters. @xref{Symbols}, for more information.
597
598 The grammar rules also have an expression in Bison syntax. For example,
599 here is the Bison rule for a C @code{return} statement. The semicolon in
600 quotes is a literal character token, representing part of the C syntax for
601 the statement; the naked semicolon, and the colon, are Bison punctuation
602 used in every rule.
603
604 @example
605 stmt: RETURN expr ';'
606 ;
607 @end example
608
609 @noindent
610 @xref{Rules, ,Syntax of Grammar Rules}.
611
612 @node Semantic Values
613 @section Semantic Values
614 @cindex semantic value
615 @cindex value, semantic
616
617 A formal grammar selects tokens only by their classifications: for example,
618 if a rule mentions the terminal symbol `integer constant', it means that
619 @emph{any} integer constant is grammatically valid in that position. The
620 precise value of the constant is irrelevant to how to parse the input: if
621 @samp{x+4} is grammatical then @samp{x+1} or @samp{x+3989} is equally
622 grammatical.
623
624 But the precise value is very important for what the input means once it is
625 parsed. A compiler is useless if it fails to distinguish between 4, 1 and
626 3989 as constants in the program! Therefore, each token in a Bison grammar
627 has both a token type and a @dfn{semantic value}. @xref{Semantics,
628 ,Defining Language Semantics},
629 for details.
630
631 The token type is a terminal symbol defined in the grammar, such as
632 @code{INTEGER}, @code{IDENTIFIER} or @code{','}. It tells everything
633 you need to know to decide where the token may validly appear and how to
634 group it with other tokens. The grammar rules know nothing about tokens
635 except their types.
636
637 The semantic value has all the rest of the information about the
638 meaning of the token, such as the value of an integer, or the name of an
639 identifier. (A token such as @code{','} which is just punctuation doesn't
640 need to have any semantic value.)
641
642 For example, an input token might be classified as token type
643 @code{INTEGER} and have the semantic value 4. Another input token might
644 have the same token type @code{INTEGER} but value 3989. When a grammar
645 rule says that @code{INTEGER} is allowed, either of these tokens is
646 acceptable because each is an @code{INTEGER}. When the parser accepts the
647 token, it keeps track of the token's semantic value.
648
649 Each grouping can also have a semantic value as well as its nonterminal
650 symbol. For example, in a calculator, an expression typically has a
651 semantic value that is a number. In a compiler for a programming
652 language, an expression typically has a semantic value that is a tree
653 structure describing the meaning of the expression.
654
655 @node Semantic Actions
656 @section Semantic Actions
657 @cindex semantic actions
658 @cindex actions, semantic
659
660 In order to be useful, a program must do more than parse input; it must
661 also produce some output based on the input. In a Bison grammar, a grammar
662 rule can have an @dfn{action} made up of C statements. Each time the
663 parser recognizes a match for that rule, the action is executed.
664 @xref{Actions}.
665
666 Most of the time, the purpose of an action is to compute the semantic value
667 of the whole construct from the semantic values of its parts. For example,
668 suppose we have a rule which says an expression can be the sum of two
669 expressions. When the parser recognizes such a sum, each of the
670 subexpressions has a semantic value which describes how it was built up.
671 The action for this rule should create a similar sort of value for the
672 newly recognized larger expression.
673
674 For example, here is a rule that says an expression can be the sum of
675 two subexpressions:
676
677 @example
678 expr: expr '+' expr @{ $$ = $1 + $3; @}
679 ;
680 @end example
681
682 @noindent
683 The action says how to produce the semantic value of the sum expression
684 from the values of the two subexpressions.
685
686 @node GLR Parsers
687 @section Writing @acronym{GLR} Parsers
688 @cindex @acronym{GLR} parsing
689 @cindex generalized @acronym{LR} (@acronym{GLR}) parsing
690 @findex %glr-parser
691 @cindex conflicts
692 @cindex shift/reduce conflicts
693 @cindex reduce/reduce conflicts
694
695 In some grammars, Bison's standard
696 @acronym{LALR}(1) parsing algorithm cannot decide whether to apply a
697 certain grammar rule at a given point. That is, it may not be able to
698 decide (on the basis of the input read so far) which of two possible
699 reductions (applications of a grammar rule) applies, or whether to apply
700 a reduction or read more of the input and apply a reduction later in the
701 input. These are known respectively as @dfn{reduce/reduce} conflicts
702 (@pxref{Reduce/Reduce}), and @dfn{shift/reduce} conflicts
703 (@pxref{Shift/Reduce}).
704
705 To use a grammar that is not easily modified to be @acronym{LALR}(1), a
706 more general parsing algorithm is sometimes necessary. If you include
707 @code{%glr-parser} among the Bison declarations in your file
708 (@pxref{Grammar Outline}), the result is a Generalized @acronym{LR}
709 (@acronym{GLR}) parser. These parsers handle Bison grammars that
710 contain no unresolved conflicts (i.e., after applying precedence
711 declarations) identically to @acronym{LALR}(1) parsers. However, when
712 faced with unresolved shift/reduce and reduce/reduce conflicts,
713 @acronym{GLR} parsers use the simple expedient of doing both,
714 effectively cloning the parser to follow both possibilities. Each of
715 the resulting parsers can again split, so that at any given time, there
716 can be any number of possible parses being explored. The parsers
717 proceed in lockstep; that is, all of them consume (shift) a given input
718 symbol before any of them proceed to the next. Each of the cloned
719 parsers eventually meets one of two possible fates: either it runs into
720 a parsing error, in which case it simply vanishes, or it merges with
721 another parser, because the two of them have reduced the input to an
722 identical set of symbols.
723
724 During the time that there are multiple parsers, semantic actions are
725 recorded, but not performed. When a parser disappears, its recorded
726 semantic actions disappear as well, and are never performed. When a
727 reduction makes two parsers identical, causing them to merge, Bison
728 records both sets of semantic actions. Whenever the last two parsers
729 merge, reverting to the single-parser case, Bison resolves all the
730 outstanding actions either by precedences given to the grammar rules
731 involved, or by performing both actions, and then calling a designated
732 user-defined function on the resulting values to produce an arbitrary
733 merged result.
734
735 @menu
736 * Simple GLR Parsers:: Using @acronym{GLR} parsers on unambiguous grammars
737 * Merging GLR Parses:: Using @acronym{GLR} parsers to resolve ambiguities
738 * Compiler Requirements:: @acronym{GLR} parsers require a modern C compiler
739 @end menu
740
741 @node Simple GLR Parsers
742 @subsection Using @acronym{GLR} on Unambiguous Grammars
743 @cindex @acronym{GLR} parsing, unambiguous grammars
744 @cindex generalized @acronym{LR} (@acronym{GLR}) parsing, unambiguous grammars
745 @findex %glr-parser
746 @findex %expect-rr
747 @cindex conflicts
748 @cindex reduce/reduce conflicts
749 @cindex shift/reduce conflicts
750
751 In the simplest cases, you can use the @acronym{GLR} algorithm
752 to parse grammars that are unambiguous, but fail to be @acronym{LALR}(1).
753 Such grammars typically require more than one symbol of look-ahead,
754 or (in rare cases) fall into the category of grammars in which the
755 @acronym{LALR}(1) algorithm throws away too much information (they are in
756 @acronym{LR}(1), but not @acronym{LALR}(1), @ref{Mystery Conflicts}).
757
758 Consider a problem that
759 arises in the declaration of enumerated and subrange types in the
760 programming language Pascal. Here are some examples:
761
762 @example
763 type subrange = lo .. hi;
764 type enum = (a, b, c);
765 @end example
766
767 @noindent
768 The original language standard allows only numeric
769 literals and constant identifiers for the subrange bounds (@samp{lo}
770 and @samp{hi}), but Extended Pascal (@acronym{ISO}/@acronym{IEC}
771 10206) and many other
772 Pascal implementations allow arbitrary expressions there. This gives
773 rise to the following situation, containing a superfluous pair of
774 parentheses:
775
776 @example
777 type subrange = (a) .. b;
778 @end example
779
780 @noindent
781 Compare this to the following declaration of an enumerated
782 type with only one value:
783
784 @example
785 type enum = (a);
786 @end example
787
788 @noindent
789 (These declarations are contrived, but they are syntactically
790 valid, and more-complicated cases can come up in practical programs.)
791
792 These two declarations look identical until the @samp{..} token.
793 With normal @acronym{LALR}(1) one-token look-ahead it is not
794 possible to decide between the two forms when the identifier
795 @samp{a} is parsed. It is, however, desirable
796 for a parser to decide this, since in the latter case
797 @samp{a} must become a new identifier to represent the enumeration
798 value, while in the former case @samp{a} must be evaluated with its
799 current meaning, which may be a constant or even a function call.
800
801 You could parse @samp{(a)} as an ``unspecified identifier in parentheses'',
802 to be resolved later, but this typically requires substantial
803 contortions in both semantic actions and large parts of the
804 grammar, where the parentheses are nested in the recursive rules for
805 expressions.
806
807 You might think of using the lexer to distinguish between the two
808 forms by returning different tokens for currently defined and
809 undefined identifiers. But if these declarations occur in a local
810 scope, and @samp{a} is defined in an outer scope, then both forms
811 are possible---either locally redefining @samp{a}, or using the
812 value of @samp{a} from the outer scope. So this approach cannot
813 work.
814
815 A simple solution to this problem is to declare the parser to
816 use the @acronym{GLR} algorithm.
817 When the @acronym{GLR} parser reaches the critical state, it
818 merely splits into two branches and pursues both syntax rules
819 simultaneously. Sooner or later, one of them runs into a parsing
820 error. If there is a @samp{..} token before the next
821 @samp{;}, the rule for enumerated types fails since it cannot
822 accept @samp{..} anywhere; otherwise, the subrange type rule
823 fails since it requires a @samp{..} token. So one of the branches
824 fails silently, and the other one continues normally, performing
825 all the intermediate actions that were postponed during the split.
826
827 If the input is syntactically incorrect, both branches fail and the parser
828 reports a syntax error as usual.
829
830 The effect of all this is that the parser seems to ``guess'' the
831 correct branch to take, or in other words, it seems to use more
832 look-ahead than the underlying @acronym{LALR}(1) algorithm actually allows
833 for. In this example, @acronym{LALR}(2) would suffice, but also some cases
834 that are not @acronym{LALR}(@math{k}) for any @math{k} can be handled this way.
835
836 In general, a @acronym{GLR} parser can take quadratic or cubic worst-case time,
837 and the current Bison parser even takes exponential time and space
838 for some grammars. In practice, this rarely happens, and for many
839 grammars it is possible to prove that it cannot happen.
840 The present example contains only one conflict between two
841 rules, and the type-declaration context containing the conflict
842 cannot be nested. So the number of
843 branches that can exist at any time is limited by the constant 2,
844 and the parsing time is still linear.
845
846 Here is a Bison grammar corresponding to the example above. It
847 parses a vastly simplified form of Pascal type declarations.
848
849 @example
850 %token TYPE DOTDOT ID
851
852 @group
853 %left '+' '-'
854 %left '*' '/'
855 @end group
856
857 %%
858
859 @group
860 type_decl : TYPE ID '=' type ';'
861 ;
862 @end group
863
864 @group
865 type : '(' id_list ')'
866 | expr DOTDOT expr
867 ;
868 @end group
869
870 @group
871 id_list : ID
872 | id_list ',' ID
873 ;
874 @end group
875
876 @group
877 expr : '(' expr ')'
878 | expr '+' expr
879 | expr '-' expr
880 | expr '*' expr
881 | expr '/' expr
882 | ID
883 ;
884 @end group
885 @end example
886
887 When used as a normal @acronym{LALR}(1) grammar, Bison correctly complains
888 about one reduce/reduce conflict. In the conflicting situation the
889 parser chooses one of the alternatives, arbitrarily the one
890 declared first. Therefore the following correct input is not
891 recognized:
892
893 @example
894 type t = (a) .. b;
895 @end example
896
897 The parser can be turned into a @acronym{GLR} parser, while also telling Bison
898 to be silent about the one known reduce/reduce conflict, by
899 adding these two declarations to the Bison input file (before the first
900 @samp{%%}):
901
902 @example
903 %glr-parser
904 %expect-rr 1
905 @end example
906
907 @noindent
908 No change in the grammar itself is required. Now the
909 parser recognizes all valid declarations, according to the
910 limited syntax above, transparently. In fact, the user does not even
911 notice when the parser splits.
912
913 So here we have a case where we can use the benefits of @acronym{GLR},
914 almost without disadvantages. Even in simple cases like this, however,
915 there are at least two potential problems to beware. First, always
916 analyze the conflicts reported by Bison to make sure that @acronym{GLR}
917 splitting is only done where it is intended. A @acronym{GLR} parser
918 splitting inadvertently may cause problems less obvious than an
919 @acronym{LALR} parser statically choosing the wrong alternative in a
920 conflict. Second, consider interactions with the lexer (@pxref{Semantic
921 Tokens}) with great care. Since a split parser consumes tokens without
922 performing any actions during the split, the lexer cannot obtain
923 information via parser actions. Some cases of lexer interactions can be
924 eliminated by using @acronym{GLR} to shift the complications from the
925 lexer to the parser. You must check the remaining cases for
926 correctness.
927
928 In our example, it would be safe for the lexer to return tokens based on
929 their current meanings in some symbol table, because no new symbols are
930 defined in the middle of a type declaration. Though it is possible for
931 a parser to define the enumeration constants as they are parsed, before
932 the type declaration is completed, it actually makes no difference since
933 they cannot be used within the same enumerated type declaration.
934
935 @node Merging GLR Parses
936 @subsection Using @acronym{GLR} to Resolve Ambiguities
937 @cindex @acronym{GLR} parsing, ambiguous grammars
938 @cindex generalized @acronym{LR} (@acronym{GLR}) parsing, ambiguous grammars
939 @findex %dprec
940 @findex %merge
941 @cindex conflicts
942 @cindex reduce/reduce conflicts
943
944 Let's consider an example, vastly simplified from a C++ grammar.
945
946 @example
947 %@{
948 #include <stdio.h>
949 #define YYSTYPE char const *
950 int yylex (void);
951 void yyerror (char const *);
952 %@}
953
954 %token TYPENAME ID
955
956 %right '='
957 %left '+'
958
959 %glr-parser
960
961 %%
962
963 prog :
964 | prog stmt @{ printf ("\n"); @}
965 ;
966
967 stmt : expr ';' %dprec 1
968 | decl %dprec 2
969 ;
970
971 expr : ID @{ printf ("%s ", $$); @}
972 | TYPENAME '(' expr ')'
973 @{ printf ("%s <cast> ", $1); @}
974 | expr '+' expr @{ printf ("+ "); @}
975 | expr '=' expr @{ printf ("= "); @}
976 ;
977
978 decl : TYPENAME declarator ';'
979 @{ printf ("%s <declare> ", $1); @}
980 | TYPENAME declarator '=' expr ';'
981 @{ printf ("%s <init-declare> ", $1); @}
982 ;
983
984 declarator : ID @{ printf ("\"%s\" ", $1); @}
985 | '(' declarator ')'
986 ;
987 @end example
988
989 @noindent
990 This models a problematic part of the C++ grammar---the ambiguity between
991 certain declarations and statements. For example,
992
993 @example
994 T (x) = y+z;
995 @end example
996
997 @noindent
998 parses as either an @code{expr} or a @code{stmt}
999 (assuming that @samp{T} is recognized as a @code{TYPENAME} and
1000 @samp{x} as an @code{ID}).
1001 Bison detects this as a reduce/reduce conflict between the rules
1002 @code{expr : ID} and @code{declarator : ID}, which it cannot resolve at the
1003 time it encounters @code{x} in the example above. Since this is a
1004 @acronym{GLR} parser, it therefore splits the problem into two parses, one for
1005 each choice of resolving the reduce/reduce conflict.
1006 Unlike the example from the previous section (@pxref{Simple GLR Parsers}),
1007 however, neither of these parses ``dies,'' because the grammar as it stands is
1008 ambiguous. One of the parsers eventually reduces @code{stmt : expr ';'} and
1009 the other reduces @code{stmt : decl}, after which both parsers are in an
1010 identical state: they've seen @samp{prog stmt} and have the same unprocessed
1011 input remaining. We say that these parses have @dfn{merged.}
1012
1013 At this point, the @acronym{GLR} parser requires a specification in the
1014 grammar of how to choose between the competing parses.
1015 In the example above, the two @code{%dprec}
1016 declarations specify that Bison is to give precedence
1017 to the parse that interprets the example as a
1018 @code{decl}, which implies that @code{x} is a declarator.
1019 The parser therefore prints
1020
1021 @example
1022 "x" y z + T <init-declare>
1023 @end example
1024
1025 The @code{%dprec} declarations only come into play when more than one
1026 parse survives. Consider a different input string for this parser:
1027
1028 @example
1029 T (x) + y;
1030 @end example
1031
1032 @noindent
1033 This is another example of using @acronym{GLR} to parse an unambiguous
1034 construct, as shown in the previous section (@pxref{Simple GLR Parsers}).
1035 Here, there is no ambiguity (this cannot be parsed as a declaration).
1036 However, at the time the Bison parser encounters @code{x}, it does not
1037 have enough information to resolve the reduce/reduce conflict (again,
1038 between @code{x} as an @code{expr} or a @code{declarator}). In this
1039 case, no precedence declaration is used. Again, the parser splits
1040 into two, one assuming that @code{x} is an @code{expr}, and the other
1041 assuming @code{x} is a @code{declarator}. The second of these parsers
1042 then vanishes when it sees @code{+}, and the parser prints
1043
1044 @example
1045 x T <cast> y +
1046 @end example
1047
1048 Suppose that instead of resolving the ambiguity, you wanted to see all
1049 the possibilities. For this purpose, you must merge the semantic
1050 actions of the two possible parsers, rather than choosing one over the
1051 other. To do so, you could change the declaration of @code{stmt} as
1052 follows:
1053
1054 @example
1055 stmt : expr ';' %merge <stmtMerge>
1056 | decl %merge <stmtMerge>
1057 ;
1058 @end example
1059
1060 @noindent
1061 and define the @code{stmtMerge} function as:
1062
1063 @example
1064 static YYSTYPE
1065 stmtMerge (YYSTYPE x0, YYSTYPE x1)
1066 @{
1067 printf ("<OR> ");
1068 return "";
1069 @}
1070 @end example
1071
1072 @noindent
1073 with an accompanying forward declaration
1074 in the C declarations at the beginning of the file:
1075
1076 @example
1077 %@{
1078 #define YYSTYPE char const *
1079 static YYSTYPE stmtMerge (YYSTYPE x0, YYSTYPE x1);
1080 %@}
1081 @end example
1082
1083 @noindent
1084 With these declarations, the resulting parser parses the first example
1085 as both an @code{expr} and a @code{decl}, and prints
1086
1087 @example
1088 "x" y z + T <init-declare> x T <cast> y z + = <OR>
1089 @end example
1090
1091 Bison requires that all of the
1092 productions that participate in any particular merge have identical
1093 @samp{%merge} clauses. Otherwise, the ambiguity would be unresolvable,
1094 and the parser will report an error during any parse that results in
1095 the offending merge.
1096
1097 @node Compiler Requirements
1098 @subsection Considerations when Compiling @acronym{GLR} Parsers
1099 @cindex @code{inline}
1100 @cindex @acronym{GLR} parsers and @code{inline}
1101
1102 The @acronym{GLR} parsers require a compiler for @acronym{ISO} C89 or
1103 later. In addition, they use the @code{inline} keyword, which is not
1104 C89, but is C99 and is a common extension in pre-C99 compilers. It is
1105 up to the user of these parsers to handle
1106 portability issues. For instance, if using Autoconf and the Autoconf
1107 macro @code{AC_C_INLINE}, a mere
1108
1109 @example
1110 %@{
1111 #include <config.h>
1112 %@}
1113 @end example
1114
1115 @noindent
1116 will suffice. Otherwise, we suggest
1117
1118 @example
1119 %@{
1120 #if __STDC_VERSION__ < 199901 && ! defined __GNUC__ && ! defined inline
1121 #define inline
1122 #endif
1123 %@}
1124 @end example
1125
1126 @node Locations Overview
1127 @section Locations
1128 @cindex location
1129 @cindex textual location
1130 @cindex location, textual
1131
1132 Many applications, like interpreters or compilers, have to produce verbose
1133 and useful error messages. To achieve this, one must be able to keep track of
1134 the @dfn{textual location}, or @dfn{location}, of each syntactic construct.
1135 Bison provides a mechanism for handling these locations.
1136
1137 Each token has a semantic value. In a similar fashion, each token has an
1138 associated location, but the type of locations is the same for all tokens and
1139 groupings. Moreover, the output parser is equipped with a default data
1140 structure for storing locations (@pxref{Locations}, for more details).
1141
1142 Like semantic values, locations can be reached in actions using a dedicated
1143 set of constructs. In the example above, the location of the whole grouping
1144 is @code{@@$}, while the locations of the subexpressions are @code{@@1} and
1145 @code{@@3}.
1146
1147 When a rule is matched, a default action is used to compute the semantic value
1148 of its left hand side (@pxref{Actions}). In the same way, another default
1149 action is used for locations. However, the action for locations is general
1150 enough for most cases, meaning there is usually no need to describe for each
1151 rule how @code{@@$} should be formed. When building a new location for a given
1152 grouping, the default behavior of the output parser is to take the beginning
1153 of the first symbol, and the end of the last symbol.
1154
1155 @node Bison Parser
1156 @section Bison Output: the Parser File
1157 @cindex Bison parser
1158 @cindex Bison utility
1159 @cindex lexical analyzer, purpose
1160 @cindex parser
1161
1162 When you run Bison, you give it a Bison grammar file as input. The output
1163 is a C source file that parses the language described by the grammar.
1164 This file is called a @dfn{Bison parser}. Keep in mind that the Bison
1165 utility and the Bison parser are two distinct programs: the Bison utility
1166 is a program whose output is the Bison parser that becomes part of your
1167 program.
1168
1169 The job of the Bison parser is to group tokens into groupings according to
1170 the grammar rules---for example, to build identifiers and operators into
1171 expressions. As it does this, it runs the actions for the grammar rules it
1172 uses.
1173
1174 The tokens come from a function called the @dfn{lexical analyzer} that
1175 you must supply in some fashion (such as by writing it in C). The Bison
1176 parser calls the lexical analyzer each time it wants a new token. It
1177 doesn't know what is ``inside'' the tokens (though their semantic values
1178 may reflect this). Typically the lexical analyzer makes the tokens by
1179 parsing characters of text, but Bison does not depend on this.
1180 @xref{Lexical, ,The Lexical Analyzer Function @code{yylex}}.
1181
1182 The Bison parser file is C code which defines a function named
1183 @code{yyparse} which implements that grammar. This function does not make
1184 a complete C program: you must supply some additional functions. One is
1185 the lexical analyzer. Another is an error-reporting function which the
1186 parser calls to report an error. In addition, a complete C program must
1187 start with a function called @code{main}; you have to provide this, and
1188 arrange for it to call @code{yyparse} or the parser will never run.
1189 @xref{Interface, ,Parser C-Language Interface}.
1190
1191 Aside from the token type names and the symbols in the actions you
1192 write, all symbols defined in the Bison parser file itself
1193 begin with @samp{yy} or @samp{YY}. This includes interface functions
1194 such as the lexical analyzer function @code{yylex}, the error reporting
1195 function @code{yyerror} and the parser function @code{yyparse} itself.
1196 This also includes numerous identifiers used for internal purposes.
1197 Therefore, you should avoid using C identifiers starting with @samp{yy}
1198 or @samp{YY} in the Bison grammar file except for the ones defined in
1199 this manual. Also, you should avoid using the C identifiers
1200 @samp{malloc} and @samp{free} for anything other than their usual
1201 meanings.
1202
1203 In some cases the Bison parser file includes system headers, and in
1204 those cases your code should respect the identifiers reserved by those
1205 headers. On some non-@acronym{GNU} hosts, @code{<alloca.h>}, @code{<malloc.h>},
1206 @code{<stddef.h>}, and @code{<stdlib.h>} are included as needed to
1207 declare memory allocators and related types. @code{<libintl.h>} is
1208 included if message translation is in use
1209 (@pxref{Internationalization}). Other system headers may
1210 be included if you define @code{YYDEBUG} to a nonzero value
1211 (@pxref{Tracing, ,Tracing Your Parser}).
1212
1213 @node Stages
1214 @section Stages in Using Bison
1215 @cindex stages in using Bison
1216 @cindex using Bison
1217
1218 The actual language-design process using Bison, from grammar specification
1219 to a working compiler or interpreter, has these parts:
1220
1221 @enumerate
1222 @item
1223 Formally specify the grammar in a form recognized by Bison
1224 (@pxref{Grammar File, ,Bison Grammar Files}). For each grammatical rule
1225 in the language, describe the action that is to be taken when an
1226 instance of that rule is recognized. The action is described by a
1227 sequence of C statements.
1228
1229 @item
1230 Write a lexical analyzer to process input and pass tokens to the parser.
1231 The lexical analyzer may be written by hand in C (@pxref{Lexical, ,The
1232 Lexical Analyzer Function @code{yylex}}). It could also be produced
1233 using Lex, but the use of Lex is not discussed in this manual.
1234
1235 @item
1236 Write a controlling function that calls the Bison-produced parser.
1237
1238 @item
1239 Write error-reporting routines.
1240 @end enumerate
1241
1242 To turn this source code as written into a runnable program, you
1243 must follow these steps:
1244
1245 @enumerate
1246 @item
1247 Run Bison on the grammar to produce the parser.
1248
1249 @item
1250 Compile the code output by Bison, as well as any other source files.
1251
1252 @item
1253 Link the object files to produce the finished product.
1254 @end enumerate
1255
1256 @node Grammar Layout
1257 @section The Overall Layout of a Bison Grammar
1258 @cindex grammar file
1259 @cindex file format
1260 @cindex format of grammar file
1261 @cindex layout of Bison grammar
1262
1263 The input file for the Bison utility is a @dfn{Bison grammar file}. The
1264 general form of a Bison grammar file is as follows:
1265
1266 @example
1267 %@{
1268 @var{Prologue}
1269 %@}
1270
1271 @var{Bison declarations}
1272
1273 %%
1274 @var{Grammar rules}
1275 %%
1276 @var{Epilogue}
1277 @end example
1278
1279 @noindent
1280 The @samp{%%}, @samp{%@{} and @samp{%@}} are punctuation that appears
1281 in every Bison grammar file to separate the sections.
1282
1283 The prologue may define types and variables used in the actions. You can
1284 also use preprocessor commands to define macros used there, and use
1285 @code{#include} to include header files that do any of these things.
1286 You need to declare the lexical analyzer @code{yylex} and the error
1287 printer @code{yyerror} here, along with any other global identifiers
1288 used by the actions in the grammar rules.
1289
1290 The Bison declarations declare the names of the terminal and nonterminal
1291 symbols, and may also describe operator precedence and the data types of
1292 semantic values of various symbols.
1293
1294 The grammar rules define how to construct each nonterminal symbol from its
1295 parts.
1296
1297 The epilogue can contain any code you want to use. Often the
1298 definitions of functions declared in the prologue go here. In a
1299 simple program, all the rest of the program can go here.
1300
1301 @node Examples
1302 @chapter Examples
1303 @cindex simple examples
1304 @cindex examples, simple
1305
1306 Now we show and explain three sample programs written using Bison: a
1307 reverse polish notation calculator, an algebraic (infix) notation
1308 calculator, and a multi-function calculator. All three have been tested
1309 under BSD Unix 4.3; each produces a usable, though limited, interactive
1310 desk-top calculator.
1311
1312 These examples are simple, but Bison grammars for real programming
1313 languages are written the same way.
1314 @ifinfo
1315 You can copy these examples out of the Info file and into a source file
1316 to try them.
1317 @end ifinfo
1318
1319 @menu
1320 * RPN Calc:: Reverse polish notation calculator;
1321 a first example with no operator precedence.
1322 * Infix Calc:: Infix (algebraic) notation calculator.
1323 Operator precedence is introduced.
1324 * Simple Error Recovery:: Continuing after syntax errors.
1325 * Location Tracking Calc:: Demonstrating the use of @@@var{n} and @@$.
1326 * Multi-function Calc:: Calculator with memory and trig functions.
1327 It uses multiple data-types for semantic values.
1328 * Exercises:: Ideas for improving the multi-function calculator.
1329 @end menu
1330
1331 @node RPN Calc
1332 @section Reverse Polish Notation Calculator
1333 @cindex reverse polish notation
1334 @cindex polish notation calculator
1335 @cindex @code{rpcalc}
1336 @cindex calculator, simple
1337
1338 The first example is that of a simple double-precision @dfn{reverse polish
1339 notation} calculator (a calculator using postfix operators). This example
1340 provides a good starting point, since operator precedence is not an issue.
1341 The second example will illustrate how operator precedence is handled.
1342
1343 The source code for this calculator is named @file{rpcalc.y}. The
1344 @samp{.y} extension is a convention used for Bison input files.
1345
1346 @menu
1347 * Decls: Rpcalc Decls. Prologue (declarations) for rpcalc.
1348 * Rules: Rpcalc Rules. Grammar Rules for rpcalc, with explanation.
1349 * Lexer: Rpcalc Lexer. The lexical analyzer.
1350 * Main: Rpcalc Main. The controlling function.
1351 * Error: Rpcalc Error. The error reporting function.
1352 * Gen: Rpcalc Gen. Running Bison on the grammar file.
1353 * Comp: Rpcalc Compile. Run the C compiler on the output code.
1354 @end menu
1355
1356 @node Rpcalc Decls
1357 @subsection Declarations for @code{rpcalc}
1358
1359 Here are the C and Bison declarations for the reverse polish notation
1360 calculator. As in C, comments are placed between @samp{/*@dots{}*/}.
1361
1362 @example
1363 /* Reverse polish notation calculator. */
1364
1365 %@{
1366 #define YYSTYPE double
1367 #include <math.h>
1368 int yylex (void);
1369 void yyerror (char const *);
1370 %@}
1371
1372 %token NUM
1373
1374 %% /* Grammar rules and actions follow. */
1375 @end example
1376
1377 The declarations section (@pxref{Prologue, , The prologue}) contains two
1378 preprocessor directives and two forward declarations.
1379
1380 The @code{#define} directive defines the macro @code{YYSTYPE}, thus
1381 specifying the C data type for semantic values of both tokens and
1382 groupings (@pxref{Value Type, ,Data Types of Semantic Values}). The
1383 Bison parser will use whatever type @code{YYSTYPE} is defined as; if you
1384 don't define it, @code{int} is the default. Because we specify
1385 @code{double}, each token and each expression has an associated value,
1386 which is a floating point number.
1387
1388 The @code{#include} directive is used to declare the exponentiation
1389 function @code{pow}.
1390
1391 The forward declarations for @code{yylex} and @code{yyerror} are
1392 needed because the C language requires that functions be declared
1393 before they are used. These functions will be defined in the
1394 epilogue, but the parser calls them so they must be declared in the
1395 prologue.
1396
1397 The second section, Bison declarations, provides information to Bison
1398 about the token types (@pxref{Bison Declarations, ,The Bison
1399 Declarations Section}). Each terminal symbol that is not a
1400 single-character literal must be declared here. (Single-character
1401 literals normally don't need to be declared.) In this example, all the
1402 arithmetic operators are designated by single-character literals, so the
1403 only terminal symbol that needs to be declared is @code{NUM}, the token
1404 type for numeric constants.
1405
1406 @node Rpcalc Rules
1407 @subsection Grammar Rules for @code{rpcalc}
1408
1409 Here are the grammar rules for the reverse polish notation calculator.
1410
1411 @example
1412 input: /* empty */
1413 | input line
1414 ;
1415
1416 line: '\n'
1417 | exp '\n' @{ printf ("\t%.10g\n", $1); @}
1418 ;
1419
1420 exp: NUM @{ $$ = $1; @}
1421 | exp exp '+' @{ $$ = $1 + $2; @}
1422 | exp exp '-' @{ $$ = $1 - $2; @}
1423 | exp exp '*' @{ $$ = $1 * $2; @}
1424 | exp exp '/' @{ $$ = $1 / $2; @}
1425 /* Exponentiation */
1426 | exp exp '^' @{ $$ = pow ($1, $2); @}
1427 /* Unary minus */
1428 | exp 'n' @{ $$ = -$1; @}
1429 ;
1430 %%
1431 @end example
1432
1433 The groupings of the rpcalc ``language'' defined here are the expression
1434 (given the name @code{exp}), the line of input (@code{line}), and the
1435 complete input transcript (@code{input}). Each of these nonterminal
1436 symbols has several alternate rules, joined by the @samp{|} punctuator
1437 which is read as ``or''. The following sections explain what these rules
1438 mean.
1439
1440 The semantics of the language is determined by the actions taken when a
1441 grouping is recognized. The actions are the C code that appears inside
1442 braces. @xref{Actions}.
1443
1444 You must specify these actions in C, but Bison provides the means for
1445 passing semantic values between the rules. In each action, the
1446 pseudo-variable @code{$$} stands for the semantic value for the grouping
1447 that the rule is going to construct. Assigning a value to @code{$$} is the
1448 main job of most actions. The semantic values of the components of the
1449 rule are referred to as @code{$1}, @code{$2}, and so on.
1450
1451 @menu
1452 * Rpcalc Input::
1453 * Rpcalc Line::
1454 * Rpcalc Expr::
1455 @end menu
1456
1457 @node Rpcalc Input
1458 @subsubsection Explanation of @code{input}
1459
1460 Consider the definition of @code{input}:
1461
1462 @example
1463 input: /* empty */
1464 | input line
1465 ;
1466 @end example
1467
1468 This definition reads as follows: ``A complete input is either an empty
1469 string, or a complete input followed by an input line''. Notice that
1470 ``complete input'' is defined in terms of itself. This definition is said
1471 to be @dfn{left recursive} since @code{input} appears always as the
1472 leftmost symbol in the sequence. @xref{Recursion, ,Recursive Rules}.
1473
1474 The first alternative is empty because there are no symbols between the
1475 colon and the first @samp{|}; this means that @code{input} can match an
1476 empty string of input (no tokens). We write the rules this way because it
1477 is legitimate to type @kbd{Ctrl-d} right after you start the calculator.
1478 It's conventional to put an empty alternative first and write the comment
1479 @samp{/* empty */} in it.
1480
1481 The second alternate rule (@code{input line}) handles all nontrivial input.
1482 It means, ``After reading any number of lines, read one more line if
1483 possible.'' The left recursion makes this rule into a loop. Since the
1484 first alternative matches empty input, the loop can be executed zero or
1485 more times.
1486
1487 The parser function @code{yyparse} continues to process input until a
1488 grammatical error is seen or the lexical analyzer says there are no more
1489 input tokens; we will arrange for the latter to happen at end-of-input.
1490
1491 @node Rpcalc Line
1492 @subsubsection Explanation of @code{line}
1493
1494 Now consider the definition of @code{line}:
1495
1496 @example
1497 line: '\n'
1498 | exp '\n' @{ printf ("\t%.10g\n", $1); @}
1499 ;
1500 @end example
1501
1502 The first alternative is a token which is a newline character; this means
1503 that rpcalc accepts a blank line (and ignores it, since there is no
1504 action). The second alternative is an expression followed by a newline.
1505 This is the alternative that makes rpcalc useful. The semantic value of
1506 the @code{exp} grouping is the value of @code{$1} because the @code{exp} in
1507 question is the first symbol in the alternative. The action prints this
1508 value, which is the result of the computation the user asked for.
1509
1510 This action is unusual because it does not assign a value to @code{$$}. As
1511 a consequence, the semantic value associated with the @code{line} is
1512 uninitialized (its value will be unpredictable). This would be a bug if
1513 that value were ever used, but we don't use it: once rpcalc has printed the
1514 value of the user's input line, that value is no longer needed.
1515
1516 @node Rpcalc Expr
1517 @subsubsection Explanation of @code{expr}
1518
1519 The @code{exp} grouping has several rules, one for each kind of expression.
1520 The first rule handles the simplest expressions: those that are just numbers.
1521 The second handles an addition-expression, which looks like two expressions
1522 followed by a plus-sign. The third handles subtraction, and so on.
1523
1524 @example
1525 exp: NUM
1526 | exp exp '+' @{ $$ = $1 + $2; @}
1527 | exp exp '-' @{ $$ = $1 - $2; @}
1528 @dots{}
1529 ;
1530 @end example
1531
1532 We have used @samp{|} to join all the rules for @code{exp}, but we could
1533 equally well have written them separately:
1534
1535 @example
1536 exp: NUM ;
1537 exp: exp exp '+' @{ $$ = $1 + $2; @} ;
1538 exp: exp exp '-' @{ $$ = $1 - $2; @} ;
1539 @dots{}
1540 @end example
1541
1542 Most of the rules have actions that compute the value of the expression in
1543 terms of the value of its parts. For example, in the rule for addition,
1544 @code{$1} refers to the first component @code{exp} and @code{$2} refers to
1545 the second one. The third component, @code{'+'}, has no meaningful
1546 associated semantic value, but if it had one you could refer to it as
1547 @code{$3}. When @code{yyparse} recognizes a sum expression using this
1548 rule, the sum of the two subexpressions' values is produced as the value of
1549 the entire expression. @xref{Actions}.
1550
1551 You don't have to give an action for every rule. When a rule has no
1552 action, Bison by default copies the value of @code{$1} into @code{$$}.
1553 This is what happens in the first rule (the one that uses @code{NUM}).
1554
1555 The formatting shown here is the recommended convention, but Bison does
1556 not require it. You can add or change white space as much as you wish.
1557 For example, this:
1558
1559 @example
1560 exp : NUM | exp exp '+' @{$$ = $1 + $2; @} | @dots{} ;
1561 @end example
1562
1563 @noindent
1564 means the same thing as this:
1565
1566 @example
1567 exp: NUM
1568 | exp exp '+' @{ $$ = $1 + $2; @}
1569 | @dots{}
1570 ;
1571 @end example
1572
1573 @noindent
1574 The latter, however, is much more readable.
1575
1576 @node Rpcalc Lexer
1577 @subsection The @code{rpcalc} Lexical Analyzer
1578 @cindex writing a lexical analyzer
1579 @cindex lexical analyzer, writing
1580
1581 The lexical analyzer's job is low-level parsing: converting characters
1582 or sequences of characters into tokens. The Bison parser gets its
1583 tokens by calling the lexical analyzer. @xref{Lexical, ,The Lexical
1584 Analyzer Function @code{yylex}}.
1585
1586 Only a simple lexical analyzer is needed for the @acronym{RPN}
1587 calculator. This
1588 lexical analyzer skips blanks and tabs, then reads in numbers as
1589 @code{double} and returns them as @code{NUM} tokens. Any other character
1590 that isn't part of a number is a separate token. Note that the token-code
1591 for such a single-character token is the character itself.
1592
1593 The return value of the lexical analyzer function is a numeric code which
1594 represents a token type. The same text used in Bison rules to stand for
1595 this token type is also a C expression for the numeric code for the type.
1596 This works in two ways. If the token type is a character literal, then its
1597 numeric code is that of the character; you can use the same
1598 character literal in the lexical analyzer to express the number. If the
1599 token type is an identifier, that identifier is defined by Bison as a C
1600 macro whose definition is the appropriate number. In this example,
1601 therefore, @code{NUM} becomes a macro for @code{yylex} to use.
1602
1603 The semantic value of the token (if it has one) is stored into the
1604 global variable @code{yylval}, which is where the Bison parser will look
1605 for it. (The C data type of @code{yylval} is @code{YYSTYPE}, which was
1606 defined at the beginning of the grammar; @pxref{Rpcalc Decls,
1607 ,Declarations for @code{rpcalc}}.)
1608
1609 A token type code of zero is returned if the end-of-input is encountered.
1610 (Bison recognizes any nonpositive value as indicating end-of-input.)
1611
1612 Here is the code for the lexical analyzer:
1613
1614 @example
1615 @group
1616 /* The lexical analyzer returns a double floating point
1617 number on the stack and the token NUM, or the numeric code
1618 of the character read if not a number. It skips all blanks
1619 and tabs, and returns 0 for end-of-input. */
1620
1621 #include <ctype.h>
1622 @end group
1623
1624 @group
1625 int
1626 yylex (void)
1627 @{
1628 int c;
1629
1630 /* Skip white space. */
1631 while ((c = getchar ()) == ' ' || c == '\t')
1632 ;
1633 @end group
1634 @group
1635 /* Process numbers. */
1636 if (c == '.' || isdigit (c))
1637 @{
1638 ungetc (c, stdin);
1639 scanf ("%lf", &yylval);
1640 return NUM;
1641 @}
1642 @end group
1643 @group
1644 /* Return end-of-input. */
1645 if (c == EOF)
1646 return 0;
1647 /* Return a single char. */
1648 return c;
1649 @}
1650 @end group
1651 @end example
1652
1653 @node Rpcalc Main
1654 @subsection The Controlling Function
1655 @cindex controlling function
1656 @cindex main function in simple example
1657
1658 In keeping with the spirit of this example, the controlling function is
1659 kept to the bare minimum. The only requirement is that it call
1660 @code{yyparse} to start the process of parsing.
1661
1662 @example
1663 @group
1664 int
1665 main (void)
1666 @{
1667 return yyparse ();
1668 @}
1669 @end group
1670 @end example
1671
1672 @node Rpcalc Error
1673 @subsection The Error Reporting Routine
1674 @cindex error reporting routine
1675
1676 When @code{yyparse} detects a syntax error, it calls the error reporting
1677 function @code{yyerror} to print an error message (usually but not
1678 always @code{"syntax error"}). It is up to the programmer to supply
1679 @code{yyerror} (@pxref{Interface, ,Parser C-Language Interface}), so
1680 here is the definition we will use:
1681
1682 @example
1683 @group
1684 #include <stdio.h>
1685
1686 /* Called by yyparse on error. */
1687 void
1688 yyerror (char const *s)
1689 @{
1690 fprintf (stderr, "%s\n", s);
1691 @}
1692 @end group
1693 @end example
1694
1695 After @code{yyerror} returns, the Bison parser may recover from the error
1696 and continue parsing if the grammar contains a suitable error rule
1697 (@pxref{Error Recovery}). Otherwise, @code{yyparse} returns nonzero. We
1698 have not written any error rules in this example, so any invalid input will
1699 cause the calculator program to exit. This is not clean behavior for a
1700 real calculator, but it is adequate for the first example.
1701
1702 @node Rpcalc Gen
1703 @subsection Running Bison to Make the Parser
1704 @cindex running Bison (introduction)
1705
1706 Before running Bison to produce a parser, we need to decide how to
1707 arrange all the source code in one or more source files. For such a
1708 simple example, the easiest thing is to put everything in one file. The
1709 definitions of @code{yylex}, @code{yyerror} and @code{main} go at the
1710 end, in the epilogue of the file
1711 (@pxref{Grammar Layout, ,The Overall Layout of a Bison Grammar}).
1712
1713 For a large project, you would probably have several source files, and use
1714 @code{make} to arrange to recompile them.
1715
1716 With all the source in a single file, you use the following command to
1717 convert it into a parser file:
1718
1719 @example
1720 bison @var{file}.y
1721 @end example
1722
1723 @noindent
1724 In this example the file was called @file{rpcalc.y} (for ``Reverse Polish
1725 @sc{calc}ulator''). Bison produces a file named @file{@var{file}.tab.c},
1726 removing the @samp{.y} from the original file name. The file output by
1727 Bison contains the source code for @code{yyparse}. The additional
1728 functions in the input file (@code{yylex}, @code{yyerror} and @code{main})
1729 are copied verbatim to the output.
1730
1731 @node Rpcalc Compile
1732 @subsection Compiling the Parser File
1733 @cindex compiling the parser
1734
1735 Here is how to compile and run the parser file:
1736
1737 @example
1738 @group
1739 # @r{List files in current directory.}
1740 $ @kbd{ls}
1741 rpcalc.tab.c rpcalc.y
1742 @end group
1743
1744 @group
1745 # @r{Compile the Bison parser.}
1746 # @r{@samp{-lm} tells compiler to search math library for @code{pow}.}
1747 $ @kbd{cc -lm -o rpcalc rpcalc.tab.c}
1748 @end group
1749
1750 @group
1751 # @r{List files again.}
1752 $ @kbd{ls}
1753 rpcalc rpcalc.tab.c rpcalc.y
1754 @end group
1755 @end example
1756
1757 The file @file{rpcalc} now contains the executable code. Here is an
1758 example session using @code{rpcalc}.
1759
1760 @example
1761 $ @kbd{rpcalc}
1762 @kbd{4 9 +}
1763 13
1764 @kbd{3 7 + 3 4 5 *+-}
1765 -13
1766 @kbd{3 7 + 3 4 5 * + - n} @r{Note the unary minus, @samp{n}}
1767 13
1768 @kbd{5 6 / 4 n +}
1769 -3.166666667
1770 @kbd{3 4 ^} @r{Exponentiation}
1771 81
1772 @kbd{^D} @r{End-of-file indicator}
1773 $
1774 @end example
1775
1776 @node Infix Calc
1777 @section Infix Notation Calculator: @code{calc}
1778 @cindex infix notation calculator
1779 @cindex @code{calc}
1780 @cindex calculator, infix notation
1781
1782 We now modify rpcalc to handle infix operators instead of postfix. Infix
1783 notation involves the concept of operator precedence and the need for
1784 parentheses nested to arbitrary depth. Here is the Bison code for
1785 @file{calc.y}, an infix desk-top calculator.
1786
1787 @example
1788 /* Infix notation calculator. */
1789
1790 %@{
1791 #define YYSTYPE double
1792 #include <math.h>
1793 #include <stdio.h>
1794 int yylex (void);
1795 void yyerror (char const *);
1796 %@}
1797
1798 /* Bison declarations. */
1799 %token NUM
1800 %left '-' '+'
1801 %left '*' '/'
1802 %left NEG /* negation--unary minus */
1803 %right '^' /* exponentiation */
1804
1805 %% /* The grammar follows. */
1806 input: /* empty */
1807 | input line
1808 ;
1809
1810 line: '\n'
1811 | exp '\n' @{ printf ("\t%.10g\n", $1); @}
1812 ;
1813
1814 exp: NUM @{ $$ = $1; @}
1815 | exp '+' exp @{ $$ = $1 + $3; @}
1816 | exp '-' exp @{ $$ = $1 - $3; @}
1817 | exp '*' exp @{ $$ = $1 * $3; @}
1818 | exp '/' exp @{ $$ = $1 / $3; @}
1819 | '-' exp %prec NEG @{ $$ = -$2; @}
1820 | exp '^' exp @{ $$ = pow ($1, $3); @}
1821 | '(' exp ')' @{ $$ = $2; @}
1822 ;
1823 %%
1824 @end example
1825
1826 @noindent
1827 The functions @code{yylex}, @code{yyerror} and @code{main} can be the
1828 same as before.
1829
1830 There are two important new features shown in this code.
1831
1832 In the second section (Bison declarations), @code{%left} declares token
1833 types and says they are left-associative operators. The declarations
1834 @code{%left} and @code{%right} (right associativity) take the place of
1835 @code{%token} which is used to declare a token type name without
1836 associativity. (These tokens are single-character literals, which
1837 ordinarily don't need to be declared. We declare them here to specify
1838 the associativity.)
1839
1840 Operator precedence is determined by the line ordering of the
1841 declarations; the higher the line number of the declaration (lower on
1842 the page or screen), the higher the precedence. Hence, exponentiation
1843 has the highest precedence, unary minus (@code{NEG}) is next, followed
1844 by @samp{*} and @samp{/}, and so on. @xref{Precedence, ,Operator
1845 Precedence}.
1846
1847 The other important new feature is the @code{%prec} in the grammar
1848 section for the unary minus operator. The @code{%prec} simply instructs
1849 Bison that the rule @samp{| '-' exp} has the same precedence as
1850 @code{NEG}---in this case the next-to-highest. @xref{Contextual
1851 Precedence, ,Context-Dependent Precedence}.
1852
1853 Here is a sample run of @file{calc.y}:
1854
1855 @need 500
1856 @example
1857 $ @kbd{calc}
1858 @kbd{4 + 4.5 - (34/(8*3+-3))}
1859 6.880952381
1860 @kbd{-56 + 2}
1861 -54
1862 @kbd{3 ^ 2}
1863 9
1864 @end example
1865
1866 @node Simple Error Recovery
1867 @section Simple Error Recovery
1868 @cindex error recovery, simple
1869
1870 Up to this point, this manual has not addressed the issue of @dfn{error
1871 recovery}---how to continue parsing after the parser detects a syntax
1872 error. All we have handled is error reporting with @code{yyerror}.
1873 Recall that by default @code{yyparse} returns after calling
1874 @code{yyerror}. This means that an erroneous input line causes the
1875 calculator program to exit. Now we show how to rectify this deficiency.
1876
1877 The Bison language itself includes the reserved word @code{error}, which
1878 may be included in the grammar rules. In the example below it has
1879 been added to one of the alternatives for @code{line}:
1880
1881 @example
1882 @group
1883 line: '\n'
1884 | exp '\n' @{ printf ("\t%.10g\n", $1); @}
1885 | error '\n' @{ yyerrok; @}
1886 ;
1887 @end group
1888 @end example
1889
1890 This addition to the grammar allows for simple error recovery in the
1891 event of a syntax error. If an expression that cannot be evaluated is
1892 read, the error will be recognized by the third rule for @code{line},
1893 and parsing will continue. (The @code{yyerror} function is still called
1894 upon to print its message as well.) The action executes the statement
1895 @code{yyerrok}, a macro defined automatically by Bison; its meaning is
1896 that error recovery is complete (@pxref{Error Recovery}). Note the
1897 difference between @code{yyerrok} and @code{yyerror}; neither one is a
1898 misprint.
1899
1900 This form of error recovery deals with syntax errors. There are other
1901 kinds of errors; for example, division by zero, which raises an exception
1902 signal that is normally fatal. A real calculator program must handle this
1903 signal and use @code{longjmp} to return to @code{main} and resume parsing
1904 input lines; it would also have to discard the rest of the current line of
1905 input. We won't discuss this issue further because it is not specific to
1906 Bison programs.
1907
1908 @node Location Tracking Calc
1909 @section Location Tracking Calculator: @code{ltcalc}
1910 @cindex location tracking calculator
1911 @cindex @code{ltcalc}
1912 @cindex calculator, location tracking
1913
1914 This example extends the infix notation calculator with location
1915 tracking. This feature will be used to improve the error messages. For
1916 the sake of clarity, this example is a simple integer calculator, since
1917 most of the work needed to use locations will be done in the lexical
1918 analyzer.
1919
1920 @menu
1921 * Decls: Ltcalc Decls. Bison and C declarations for ltcalc.
1922 * Rules: Ltcalc Rules. Grammar rules for ltcalc, with explanations.
1923 * Lexer: Ltcalc Lexer. The lexical analyzer.
1924 @end menu
1925
1926 @node Ltcalc Decls
1927 @subsection Declarations for @code{ltcalc}
1928
1929 The C and Bison declarations for the location tracking calculator are
1930 the same as the declarations for the infix notation calculator.
1931
1932 @example
1933 /* Location tracking calculator. */
1934
1935 %@{
1936 #define YYSTYPE int
1937 #include <math.h>
1938 int yylex (void);
1939 void yyerror (char const *);
1940 %@}
1941
1942 /* Bison declarations. */
1943 %token NUM
1944
1945 %left '-' '+'
1946 %left '*' '/'
1947 %left NEG
1948 %right '^'
1949
1950 %% /* The grammar follows. */
1951 @end example
1952
1953 @noindent
1954 Note there are no declarations specific to locations. Defining a data
1955 type for storing locations is not needed: we will use the type provided
1956 by default (@pxref{Location Type, ,Data Types of Locations}), which is a
1957 four member structure with the following integer fields:
1958 @code{first_line}, @code{first_column}, @code{last_line} and
1959 @code{last_column}.
1960
1961 @node Ltcalc Rules
1962 @subsection Grammar Rules for @code{ltcalc}
1963
1964 Whether handling locations or not has no effect on the syntax of your
1965 language. Therefore, grammar rules for this example will be very close
1966 to those of the previous example: we will only modify them to benefit
1967 from the new information.
1968
1969 Here, we will use locations to report divisions by zero, and locate the
1970 wrong expressions or subexpressions.
1971
1972 @example
1973 @group
1974 input : /* empty */
1975 | input line
1976 ;
1977 @end group
1978
1979 @group
1980 line : '\n'
1981 | exp '\n' @{ printf ("%d\n", $1); @}
1982 ;
1983 @end group
1984
1985 @group
1986 exp : NUM @{ $$ = $1; @}
1987 | exp '+' exp @{ $$ = $1 + $3; @}
1988 | exp '-' exp @{ $$ = $1 - $3; @}
1989 | exp '*' exp @{ $$ = $1 * $3; @}
1990 @end group
1991 @group
1992 | exp '/' exp
1993 @{
1994 if ($3)
1995 $$ = $1 / $3;
1996 else
1997 @{
1998 $$ = 1;
1999 fprintf (stderr, "%d.%d-%d.%d: division by zero",
2000 @@3.first_line, @@3.first_column,
2001 @@3.last_line, @@3.last_column);
2002 @}
2003 @}
2004 @end group
2005 @group
2006 | '-' exp %preg NEG @{ $$ = -$2; @}
2007 | exp '^' exp @{ $$ = pow ($1, $3); @}
2008 | '(' exp ')' @{ $$ = $2; @}
2009 @end group
2010 @end example
2011
2012 This code shows how to reach locations inside of semantic actions, by
2013 using the pseudo-variables @code{@@@var{n}} for rule components, and the
2014 pseudo-variable @code{@@$} for groupings.
2015
2016 We don't need to assign a value to @code{@@$}: the output parser does it
2017 automatically. By default, before executing the C code of each action,
2018 @code{@@$} is set to range from the beginning of @code{@@1} to the end
2019 of @code{@@@var{n}}, for a rule with @var{n} components. This behavior
2020 can be redefined (@pxref{Location Default Action, , Default Action for
2021 Locations}), and for very specific rules, @code{@@$} can be computed by
2022 hand.
2023
2024 @node Ltcalc Lexer
2025 @subsection The @code{ltcalc} Lexical Analyzer.
2026
2027 Until now, we relied on Bison's defaults to enable location
2028 tracking. The next step is to rewrite the lexical analyzer, and make it
2029 able to feed the parser with the token locations, as it already does for
2030 semantic values.
2031
2032 To this end, we must take into account every single character of the
2033 input text, to avoid the computed locations of being fuzzy or wrong:
2034
2035 @example
2036 @group
2037 int
2038 yylex (void)
2039 @{
2040 int c;
2041 @end group
2042
2043 @group
2044 /* Skip white space. */
2045 while ((c = getchar ()) == ' ' || c == '\t')
2046 ++yylloc.last_column;
2047 @end group
2048
2049 @group
2050 /* Step. */
2051 yylloc.first_line = yylloc.last_line;
2052 yylloc.first_column = yylloc.last_column;
2053 @end group
2054
2055 @group
2056 /* Process numbers. */
2057 if (isdigit (c))
2058 @{
2059 yylval = c - '0';
2060 ++yylloc.last_column;
2061 while (isdigit (c = getchar ()))
2062 @{
2063 ++yylloc.last_column;
2064 yylval = yylval * 10 + c - '0';
2065 @}
2066 ungetc (c, stdin);
2067 return NUM;
2068 @}
2069 @end group
2070
2071 /* Return end-of-input. */
2072 if (c == EOF)
2073 return 0;
2074
2075 /* Return a single char, and update location. */
2076 if (c == '\n')
2077 @{
2078 ++yylloc.last_line;
2079 yylloc.last_column = 0;
2080 @}
2081 else
2082 ++yylloc.last_column;
2083 return c;
2084 @}
2085 @end example
2086
2087 Basically, the lexical analyzer performs the same processing as before:
2088 it skips blanks and tabs, and reads numbers or single-character tokens.
2089 In addition, it updates @code{yylloc}, the global variable (of type
2090 @code{YYLTYPE}) containing the token's location.
2091
2092 Now, each time this function returns a token, the parser has its number
2093 as well as its semantic value, and its location in the text. The last
2094 needed change is to initialize @code{yylloc}, for example in the
2095 controlling function:
2096
2097 @example
2098 @group
2099 int
2100 main (void)
2101 @{
2102 yylloc.first_line = yylloc.last_line = 1;
2103 yylloc.first_column = yylloc.last_column = 0;
2104 return yyparse ();
2105 @}
2106 @end group
2107 @end example
2108
2109 Remember that computing locations is not a matter of syntax. Every
2110 character must be associated to a location update, whether it is in
2111 valid input, in comments, in literal strings, and so on.
2112
2113 @node Multi-function Calc
2114 @section Multi-Function Calculator: @code{mfcalc}
2115 @cindex multi-function calculator
2116 @cindex @code{mfcalc}
2117 @cindex calculator, multi-function
2118
2119 Now that the basics of Bison have been discussed, it is time to move on to
2120 a more advanced problem. The above calculators provided only five
2121 functions, @samp{+}, @samp{-}, @samp{*}, @samp{/} and @samp{^}. It would
2122 be nice to have a calculator that provides other mathematical functions such
2123 as @code{sin}, @code{cos}, etc.
2124
2125 It is easy to add new operators to the infix calculator as long as they are
2126 only single-character literals. The lexical analyzer @code{yylex} passes
2127 back all nonnumeric characters as tokens, so new grammar rules suffice for
2128 adding a new operator. But we want something more flexible: built-in
2129 functions whose syntax has this form:
2130
2131 @example
2132 @var{function_name} (@var{argument})
2133 @end example
2134
2135 @noindent
2136 At the same time, we will add memory to the calculator, by allowing you
2137 to create named variables, store values in them, and use them later.
2138 Here is a sample session with the multi-function calculator:
2139
2140 @example
2141 $ @kbd{mfcalc}
2142 @kbd{pi = 3.141592653589}
2143 3.1415926536
2144 @kbd{sin(pi)}
2145 0.0000000000
2146 @kbd{alpha = beta1 = 2.3}
2147 2.3000000000
2148 @kbd{alpha}
2149 2.3000000000
2150 @kbd{ln(alpha)}
2151 0.8329091229
2152 @kbd{exp(ln(beta1))}
2153 2.3000000000
2154 $
2155 @end example
2156
2157 Note that multiple assignment and nested function calls are permitted.
2158
2159 @menu
2160 * Decl: Mfcalc Decl. Bison declarations for multi-function calculator.
2161 * Rules: Mfcalc Rules. Grammar rules for the calculator.
2162 * Symtab: Mfcalc Symtab. Symbol table management subroutines.
2163 @end menu
2164
2165 @node Mfcalc Decl
2166 @subsection Declarations for @code{mfcalc}
2167
2168 Here are the C and Bison declarations for the multi-function calculator.
2169
2170 @smallexample
2171 @group
2172 %@{
2173 #include <math.h> /* For math functions, cos(), sin(), etc. */
2174 #include "calc.h" /* Contains definition of `symrec'. */
2175 int yylex (void);
2176 void yyerror (char const *);
2177 %@}
2178 @end group
2179 @group
2180 %union @{
2181 double val; /* For returning numbers. */
2182 symrec *tptr; /* For returning symbol-table pointers. */
2183 @}
2184 @end group
2185 %token <val> NUM /* Simple double precision number. */
2186 %token <tptr> VAR FNCT /* Variable and Function. */
2187 %type <val> exp
2188
2189 @group
2190 %right '='
2191 %left '-' '+'
2192 %left '*' '/'
2193 %left NEG /* negation--unary minus */
2194 %right '^' /* exponentiation */
2195 @end group
2196 %% /* The grammar follows. */
2197 @end smallexample
2198
2199 The above grammar introduces only two new features of the Bison language.
2200 These features allow semantic values to have various data types
2201 (@pxref{Multiple Types, ,More Than One Value Type}).
2202
2203 The @code{%union} declaration specifies the entire list of possible types;
2204 this is instead of defining @code{YYSTYPE}. The allowable types are now
2205 double-floats (for @code{exp} and @code{NUM}) and pointers to entries in
2206 the symbol table. @xref{Union Decl, ,The Collection of Value Types}.
2207
2208 Since values can now have various types, it is necessary to associate a
2209 type with each grammar symbol whose semantic value is used. These symbols
2210 are @code{NUM}, @code{VAR}, @code{FNCT}, and @code{exp}. Their
2211 declarations are augmented with information about their data type (placed
2212 between angle brackets).
2213
2214 The Bison construct @code{%type} is used for declaring nonterminal
2215 symbols, just as @code{%token} is used for declaring token types. We
2216 have not used @code{%type} before because nonterminal symbols are
2217 normally declared implicitly by the rules that define them. But
2218 @code{exp} must be declared explicitly so we can specify its value type.
2219 @xref{Type Decl, ,Nonterminal Symbols}.
2220
2221 @node Mfcalc Rules
2222 @subsection Grammar Rules for @code{mfcalc}
2223
2224 Here are the grammar rules for the multi-function calculator.
2225 Most of them are copied directly from @code{calc}; three rules,
2226 those which mention @code{VAR} or @code{FNCT}, are new.
2227
2228 @smallexample
2229 @group
2230 input: /* empty */
2231 | input line
2232 ;
2233 @end group
2234
2235 @group
2236 line:
2237 '\n'
2238 | exp '\n' @{ printf ("\t%.10g\n", $1); @}
2239 | error '\n' @{ yyerrok; @}
2240 ;
2241 @end group
2242
2243 @group
2244 exp: NUM @{ $$ = $1; @}
2245 | VAR @{ $$ = $1->value.var; @}
2246 | VAR '=' exp @{ $$ = $3; $1->value.var = $3; @}
2247 | FNCT '(' exp ')' @{ $$ = (*($1->value.fnctptr))($3); @}
2248 | exp '+' exp @{ $$ = $1 + $3; @}
2249 | exp '-' exp @{ $$ = $1 - $3; @}
2250 | exp '*' exp @{ $$ = $1 * $3; @}
2251 | exp '/' exp @{ $$ = $1 / $3; @}
2252 | '-' exp %prec NEG @{ $$ = -$2; @}
2253 | exp '^' exp @{ $$ = pow ($1, $3); @}
2254 | '(' exp ')' @{ $$ = $2; @}
2255 ;
2256 @end group
2257 /* End of grammar. */
2258 %%
2259 @end smallexample
2260
2261 @node Mfcalc Symtab
2262 @subsection The @code{mfcalc} Symbol Table
2263 @cindex symbol table example
2264
2265 The multi-function calculator requires a symbol table to keep track of the
2266 names and meanings of variables and functions. This doesn't affect the
2267 grammar rules (except for the actions) or the Bison declarations, but it
2268 requires some additional C functions for support.
2269
2270 The symbol table itself consists of a linked list of records. Its
2271 definition, which is kept in the header @file{calc.h}, is as follows. It
2272 provides for either functions or variables to be placed in the table.
2273
2274 @smallexample
2275 @group
2276 /* Function type. */
2277 typedef double (*func_t) (double);
2278 @end group
2279
2280 @group
2281 /* Data type for links in the chain of symbols. */
2282 struct symrec
2283 @{
2284 char *name; /* name of symbol */
2285 int type; /* type of symbol: either VAR or FNCT */
2286 union
2287 @{
2288 double var; /* value of a VAR */
2289 func_t fnctptr; /* value of a FNCT */
2290 @} value;
2291 struct symrec *next; /* link field */
2292 @};
2293 @end group
2294
2295 @group
2296 typedef struct symrec symrec;
2297
2298 /* The symbol table: a chain of `struct symrec'. */
2299 extern symrec *sym_table;
2300
2301 symrec *putsym (char const *, int);
2302 symrec *getsym (char const *);
2303 @end group
2304 @end smallexample
2305
2306 The new version of @code{main} includes a call to @code{init_table}, a
2307 function that initializes the symbol table. Here it is, and
2308 @code{init_table} as well:
2309
2310 @smallexample
2311 #include <stdio.h>
2312
2313 @group
2314 /* Called by yyparse on error. */
2315 void
2316 yyerror (char const *s)
2317 @{
2318 printf ("%s\n", s);
2319 @}
2320 @end group
2321
2322 @group
2323 struct init
2324 @{
2325 char const *fname;
2326 double (*fnct) (double);
2327 @};
2328 @end group
2329
2330 @group
2331 struct init const arith_fncts[] =
2332 @{
2333 "sin", sin,
2334 "cos", cos,
2335 "atan", atan,
2336 "ln", log,
2337 "exp", exp,
2338 "sqrt", sqrt,
2339 0, 0
2340 @};
2341 @end group
2342
2343 @group
2344 /* The symbol table: a chain of `struct symrec'. */
2345 symrec *sym_table;
2346 @end group
2347
2348 @group
2349 /* Put arithmetic functions in table. */
2350 void
2351 init_table (void)
2352 @{
2353 int i;
2354 symrec *ptr;
2355 for (i = 0; arith_fncts[i].fname != 0; i++)
2356 @{
2357 ptr = putsym (arith_fncts[i].fname, FNCT);
2358 ptr->value.fnctptr = arith_fncts[i].fnct;
2359 @}
2360 @}
2361 @end group
2362
2363 @group
2364 int
2365 main (void)
2366 @{
2367 init_table ();
2368 return yyparse ();
2369 @}
2370 @end group
2371 @end smallexample
2372
2373 By simply editing the initialization list and adding the necessary include
2374 files, you can add additional functions to the calculator.
2375
2376 Two important functions allow look-up and installation of symbols in the
2377 symbol table. The function @code{putsym} is passed a name and the type
2378 (@code{VAR} or @code{FNCT}) of the object to be installed. The object is
2379 linked to the front of the list, and a pointer to the object is returned.
2380 The function @code{getsym} is passed the name of the symbol to look up. If
2381 found, a pointer to that symbol is returned; otherwise zero is returned.
2382
2383 @smallexample
2384 symrec *
2385 putsym (char const *sym_name, int sym_type)
2386 @{
2387 symrec *ptr;
2388 ptr = (symrec *) malloc (sizeof (symrec));
2389 ptr->name = (char *) malloc (strlen (sym_name) + 1);
2390 strcpy (ptr->name,sym_name);
2391 ptr->type = sym_type;
2392 ptr->value.var = 0; /* Set value to 0 even if fctn. */
2393 ptr->next = (struct symrec *)sym_table;
2394 sym_table = ptr;
2395 return ptr;
2396 @}
2397
2398 symrec *
2399 getsym (char const *sym_name)
2400 @{
2401 symrec *ptr;
2402 for (ptr = sym_table; ptr != (symrec *) 0;
2403 ptr = (symrec *)ptr->next)
2404 if (strcmp (ptr->name,sym_name) == 0)
2405 return ptr;
2406 return 0;
2407 @}
2408 @end smallexample
2409
2410 The function @code{yylex} must now recognize variables, numeric values, and
2411 the single-character arithmetic operators. Strings of alphanumeric
2412 characters with a leading letter are recognized as either variables or
2413 functions depending on what the symbol table says about them.
2414
2415 The string is passed to @code{getsym} for look up in the symbol table. If
2416 the name appears in the table, a pointer to its location and its type
2417 (@code{VAR} or @code{FNCT}) is returned to @code{yyparse}. If it is not
2418 already in the table, then it is installed as a @code{VAR} using
2419 @code{putsym}. Again, a pointer and its type (which must be @code{VAR}) is
2420 returned to @code{yyparse}.
2421
2422 No change is needed in the handling of numeric values and arithmetic
2423 operators in @code{yylex}.
2424
2425 @smallexample
2426 @group
2427 #include <ctype.h>
2428 @end group
2429
2430 @group
2431 int
2432 yylex (void)
2433 @{
2434 int c;
2435
2436 /* Ignore white space, get first nonwhite character. */
2437 while ((c = getchar ()) == ' ' || c == '\t');
2438
2439 if (c == EOF)
2440 return 0;
2441 @end group
2442
2443 @group
2444 /* Char starts a number => parse the number. */
2445 if (c == '.' || isdigit (c))
2446 @{
2447 ungetc (c, stdin);
2448 scanf ("%lf", &yylval.val);
2449 return NUM;
2450 @}
2451 @end group
2452
2453 @group
2454 /* Char starts an identifier => read the name. */
2455 if (isalpha (c))
2456 @{
2457 symrec *s;
2458 static char *symbuf = 0;
2459 static int length = 0;
2460 int i;
2461 @end group
2462
2463 @group
2464 /* Initially make the buffer long enough
2465 for a 40-character symbol name. */
2466 if (length == 0)
2467 length = 40, symbuf = (char *)malloc (length + 1);
2468
2469 i = 0;
2470 do
2471 @end group
2472 @group
2473 @{
2474 /* If buffer is full, make it bigger. */
2475 if (i == length)
2476 @{
2477 length *= 2;
2478 symbuf = (char *) realloc (symbuf, length + 1);
2479 @}
2480 /* Add this character to the buffer. */
2481 symbuf[i++] = c;
2482 /* Get another character. */
2483 c = getchar ();
2484 @}
2485 @end group
2486 @group
2487 while (isalnum (c));
2488
2489 ungetc (c, stdin);
2490 symbuf[i] = '\0';
2491 @end group
2492
2493 @group
2494 s = getsym (symbuf);
2495 if (s == 0)
2496 s = putsym (symbuf, VAR);
2497 yylval.tptr = s;
2498 return s->type;
2499 @}
2500
2501 /* Any other character is a token by itself. */
2502 return c;
2503 @}
2504 @end group
2505 @end smallexample
2506
2507 This program is both powerful and flexible. You may easily add new
2508 functions, and it is a simple job to modify this code to install
2509 predefined variables such as @code{pi} or @code{e} as well.
2510
2511 @node Exercises
2512 @section Exercises
2513 @cindex exercises
2514
2515 @enumerate
2516 @item
2517 Add some new functions from @file{math.h} to the initialization list.
2518
2519 @item
2520 Add another array that contains constants and their values. Then
2521 modify @code{init_table} to add these constants to the symbol table.
2522 It will be easiest to give the constants type @code{VAR}.
2523
2524 @item
2525 Make the program report an error if the user refers to an
2526 uninitialized variable in any way except to store a value in it.
2527 @end enumerate
2528
2529 @node Grammar File
2530 @chapter Bison Grammar Files
2531
2532 Bison takes as input a context-free grammar specification and produces a
2533 C-language function that recognizes correct instances of the grammar.
2534
2535 The Bison grammar input file conventionally has a name ending in @samp{.y}.
2536 @xref{Invocation, ,Invoking Bison}.
2537
2538 @menu
2539 * Grammar Outline:: Overall layout of the grammar file.
2540 * Symbols:: Terminal and nonterminal symbols.
2541 * Rules:: How to write grammar rules.
2542 * Recursion:: Writing recursive rules.
2543 * Semantics:: Semantic values and actions.
2544 * Locations:: Locations and actions.
2545 * Declarations:: All kinds of Bison declarations are described here.
2546 * Multiple Parsers:: Putting more than one Bison parser in one program.
2547 @end menu
2548
2549 @node Grammar Outline
2550 @section Outline of a Bison Grammar
2551
2552 A Bison grammar file has four main sections, shown here with the
2553 appropriate delimiters:
2554
2555 @example
2556 %@{
2557 @var{Prologue}
2558 %@}
2559
2560 @var{Bison declarations}
2561
2562 %%
2563 @var{Grammar rules}
2564 %%
2565
2566 @var{Epilogue}
2567 @end example
2568
2569 Comments enclosed in @samp{/* @dots{} */} may appear in any of the sections.
2570 As a @acronym{GNU} extension, @samp{//} introduces a comment that
2571 continues until end of line.
2572
2573 @menu
2574 * Prologue:: Syntax and usage of the prologue.
2575 * Bison Declarations:: Syntax and usage of the Bison declarations section.
2576 * Grammar Rules:: Syntax and usage of the grammar rules section.
2577 * Epilogue:: Syntax and usage of the epilogue.
2578 @end menu
2579
2580 @node Prologue
2581 @subsection The prologue
2582 @cindex declarations section
2583 @cindex Prologue
2584 @cindex declarations
2585
2586 The @var{Prologue} section contains macro definitions and declarations
2587 of functions and variables that are used in the actions in the grammar
2588 rules. These are copied to the beginning of the parser file so that
2589 they precede the definition of @code{yyparse}. You can use
2590 @samp{#include} to get the declarations from a header file. If you
2591 don't need any C declarations, you may omit the @samp{%@{} and
2592 @samp{%@}} delimiters that bracket this section.
2593
2594 You may have more than one @var{Prologue} section, intermixed with the
2595 @var{Bison declarations}. This allows you to have C and Bison
2596 declarations that refer to each other. For example, the @code{%union}
2597 declaration may use types defined in a header file, and you may wish to
2598 prototype functions that take arguments of type @code{YYSTYPE}. This
2599 can be done with two @var{Prologue} blocks, one before and one after the
2600 @code{%union} declaration.
2601
2602 @smallexample
2603 %@{
2604 #include <stdio.h>
2605 #include "ptypes.h"
2606 %@}
2607
2608 %union @{
2609 long int n;
2610 tree t; /* @r{@code{tree} is defined in @file{ptypes.h}.} */
2611 @}
2612
2613 %@{
2614 static void print_token_value (FILE *, int, YYSTYPE);
2615 #define YYPRINT(F, N, L) print_token_value (F, N, L)
2616 %@}
2617
2618 @dots{}
2619 @end smallexample
2620
2621 @node Bison Declarations
2622 @subsection The Bison Declarations Section
2623 @cindex Bison declarations (introduction)
2624 @cindex declarations, Bison (introduction)
2625
2626 The @var{Bison declarations} section contains declarations that define
2627 terminal and nonterminal symbols, specify precedence, and so on.
2628 In some simple grammars you may not need any declarations.
2629 @xref{Declarations, ,Bison Declarations}.
2630
2631 @node Grammar Rules
2632 @subsection The Grammar Rules Section
2633 @cindex grammar rules section
2634 @cindex rules section for grammar
2635
2636 The @dfn{grammar rules} section contains one or more Bison grammar
2637 rules, and nothing else. @xref{Rules, ,Syntax of Grammar Rules}.
2638
2639 There must always be at least one grammar rule, and the first
2640 @samp{%%} (which precedes the grammar rules) may never be omitted even
2641 if it is the first thing in the file.
2642
2643 @node Epilogue
2644 @subsection The epilogue
2645 @cindex additional C code section
2646 @cindex epilogue
2647 @cindex C code, section for additional
2648
2649 The @var{Epilogue} is copied verbatim to the end of the parser file, just as
2650 the @var{Prologue} is copied to the beginning. This is the most convenient
2651 place to put anything that you want to have in the parser file but which need
2652 not come before the definition of @code{yyparse}. For example, the
2653 definitions of @code{yylex} and @code{yyerror} often go here. Because
2654 C requires functions to be declared before being used, you often need
2655 to declare functions like @code{yylex} and @code{yyerror} in the Prologue,
2656 even if you define them in the Epilogue.
2657 @xref{Interface, ,Parser C-Language Interface}.
2658
2659 If the last section is empty, you may omit the @samp{%%} that separates it
2660 from the grammar rules.
2661
2662 The Bison parser itself contains many macros and identifiers whose names
2663 start with @samp{yy} or @samp{YY}, so it is a good idea to avoid using
2664 any such names (except those documented in this manual) in the epilogue
2665 of the grammar file.
2666
2667 @node Symbols
2668 @section Symbols, Terminal and Nonterminal
2669 @cindex nonterminal symbol
2670 @cindex terminal symbol
2671 @cindex token type
2672 @cindex symbol
2673
2674 @dfn{Symbols} in Bison grammars represent the grammatical classifications
2675 of the language.
2676
2677 A @dfn{terminal symbol} (also known as a @dfn{token type}) represents a
2678 class of syntactically equivalent tokens. You use the symbol in grammar
2679 rules to mean that a token in that class is allowed. The symbol is
2680 represented in the Bison parser by a numeric code, and the @code{yylex}
2681 function returns a token type code to indicate what kind of token has
2682 been read. You don't need to know what the code value is; you can use
2683 the symbol to stand for it.
2684
2685 A @dfn{nonterminal symbol} stands for a class of syntactically
2686 equivalent groupings. The symbol name is used in writing grammar rules.
2687 By convention, it should be all lower case.
2688
2689 Symbol names can contain letters, digits (not at the beginning),
2690 underscores and periods. Periods make sense only in nonterminals.
2691
2692 There are three ways of writing terminal symbols in the grammar:
2693
2694 @itemize @bullet
2695 @item
2696 A @dfn{named token type} is written with an identifier, like an
2697 identifier in C@. By convention, it should be all upper case. Each
2698 such name must be defined with a Bison declaration such as
2699 @code{%token}. @xref{Token Decl, ,Token Type Names}.
2700
2701 @item
2702 @cindex character token
2703 @cindex literal token
2704 @cindex single-character literal
2705 A @dfn{character token type} (or @dfn{literal character token}) is
2706 written in the grammar using the same syntax used in C for character
2707 constants; for example, @code{'+'} is a character token type. A
2708 character token type doesn't need to be declared unless you need to
2709 specify its semantic value data type (@pxref{Value Type, ,Data Types of
2710 Semantic Values}), associativity, or precedence (@pxref{Precedence,
2711 ,Operator Precedence}).
2712
2713 By convention, a character token type is used only to represent a
2714 token that consists of that particular character. Thus, the token
2715 type @code{'+'} is used to represent the character @samp{+} as a
2716 token. Nothing enforces this convention, but if you depart from it,
2717 your program will confuse other readers.
2718
2719 All the usual escape sequences used in character literals in C can be
2720 used in Bison as well, but you must not use the null character as a
2721 character literal because its numeric code, zero, signifies
2722 end-of-input (@pxref{Calling Convention, ,Calling Convention
2723 for @code{yylex}}). Also, unlike standard C, trigraphs have no
2724 special meaning in Bison character literals, nor is backslash-newline
2725 allowed.
2726
2727 @item
2728 @cindex string token
2729 @cindex literal string token
2730 @cindex multicharacter literal
2731 A @dfn{literal string token} is written like a C string constant; for
2732 example, @code{"<="} is a literal string token. A literal string token
2733 doesn't need to be declared unless you need to specify its semantic
2734 value data type (@pxref{Value Type}), associativity, or precedence
2735 (@pxref{Precedence}).
2736
2737 You can associate the literal string token with a symbolic name as an
2738 alias, using the @code{%token} declaration (@pxref{Token Decl, ,Token
2739 Declarations}). If you don't do that, the lexical analyzer has to
2740 retrieve the token number for the literal string token from the
2741 @code{yytname} table (@pxref{Calling Convention}).
2742
2743 @strong{Warning}: literal string tokens do not work in Yacc.
2744
2745 By convention, a literal string token is used only to represent a token
2746 that consists of that particular string. Thus, you should use the token
2747 type @code{"<="} to represent the string @samp{<=} as a token. Bison
2748 does not enforce this convention, but if you depart from it, people who
2749 read your program will be confused.
2750
2751 All the escape sequences used in string literals in C can be used in
2752 Bison as well, except that you must not use a null character within a
2753 string literal. Also, unlike Standard C, trigraphs have no special
2754 meaning in Bison string literals, nor is backslash-newline allowed. A
2755 literal string token must contain two or more characters; for a token
2756 containing just one character, use a character token (see above).
2757 @end itemize
2758
2759 How you choose to write a terminal symbol has no effect on its
2760 grammatical meaning. That depends only on where it appears in rules and
2761 on when the parser function returns that symbol.
2762
2763 The value returned by @code{yylex} is always one of the terminal
2764 symbols, except that a zero or negative value signifies end-of-input.
2765 Whichever way you write the token type in the grammar rules, you write
2766 it the same way in the definition of @code{yylex}. The numeric code
2767 for a character token type is simply the positive numeric code of the
2768 character, so @code{yylex} can use the identical value to generate the
2769 requisite code, though you may need to convert it to @code{unsigned
2770 char} to avoid sign-extension on hosts where @code{char} is signed.
2771 Each named token type becomes a C macro in
2772 the parser file, so @code{yylex} can use the name to stand for the code.
2773 (This is why periods don't make sense in terminal symbols.)
2774 @xref{Calling Convention, ,Calling Convention for @code{yylex}}.
2775
2776 If @code{yylex} is defined in a separate file, you need to arrange for the
2777 token-type macro definitions to be available there. Use the @samp{-d}
2778 option when you run Bison, so that it will write these macro definitions
2779 into a separate header file @file{@var{name}.tab.h} which you can include
2780 in the other source files that need it. @xref{Invocation, ,Invoking Bison}.
2781
2782 If you want to write a grammar that is portable to any Standard C
2783 host, you must use only nonnull character tokens taken from the basic
2784 execution character set of Standard C@. This set consists of the ten
2785 digits, the 52 lower- and upper-case English letters, and the
2786 characters in the following C-language string:
2787
2788 @example
2789 "\a\b\t\n\v\f\r !\"#%&'()*+,-./:;<=>?[\\]^_@{|@}~"
2790 @end example
2791
2792 The @code{yylex} function and Bison must use a consistent character set
2793 and encoding for character tokens. For example, if you run Bison in an
2794 @acronym{ASCII} environment, but then compile and run the resulting
2795 program in an environment that uses an incompatible character set like
2796 @acronym{EBCDIC}, the resulting program may not work because the tables
2797 generated by Bison will assume @acronym{ASCII} numeric values for
2798 character tokens. It is standard practice for software distributions to
2799 contain C source files that were generated by Bison in an
2800 @acronym{ASCII} environment, so installers on platforms that are
2801 incompatible with @acronym{ASCII} must rebuild those files before
2802 compiling them.
2803
2804 The symbol @code{error} is a terminal symbol reserved for error recovery
2805 (@pxref{Error Recovery}); you shouldn't use it for any other purpose.
2806 In particular, @code{yylex} should never return this value. The default
2807 value of the error token is 256, unless you explicitly assigned 256 to
2808 one of your tokens with a @code{%token} declaration.
2809
2810 @node Rules
2811 @section Syntax of Grammar Rules
2812 @cindex rule syntax
2813 @cindex grammar rule syntax
2814 @cindex syntax of grammar rules
2815
2816 A Bison grammar rule has the following general form:
2817
2818 @example
2819 @group
2820 @var{result}: @var{components}@dots{}
2821 ;
2822 @end group
2823 @end example
2824
2825 @noindent
2826 where @var{result} is the nonterminal symbol that this rule describes,
2827 and @var{components} are various terminal and nonterminal symbols that
2828 are put together by this rule (@pxref{Symbols}).
2829
2830 For example,
2831
2832 @example
2833 @group
2834 exp: exp '+' exp
2835 ;
2836 @end group
2837 @end example
2838
2839 @noindent
2840 says that two groupings of type @code{exp}, with a @samp{+} token in between,
2841 can be combined into a larger grouping of type @code{exp}.
2842
2843 White space in rules is significant only to separate symbols. You can add
2844 extra white space as you wish.
2845
2846 Scattered among the components can be @var{actions} that determine
2847 the semantics of the rule. An action looks like this:
2848
2849 @example
2850 @{@var{C statements}@}
2851 @end example
2852
2853 @noindent
2854 Usually there is only one action and it follows the components.
2855 @xref{Actions}.
2856
2857 @findex |
2858 Multiple rules for the same @var{result} can be written separately or can
2859 be joined with the vertical-bar character @samp{|} as follows:
2860
2861 @ifinfo
2862 @example
2863 @var{result}: @var{rule1-components}@dots{}
2864 | @var{rule2-components}@dots{}
2865 @dots{}
2866 ;
2867 @end example
2868 @end ifinfo
2869 @iftex
2870 @example
2871 @group
2872 @var{result}: @var{rule1-components}@dots{}
2873 | @var{rule2-components}@dots{}
2874 @dots{}
2875 ;
2876 @end group
2877 @end example
2878 @end iftex
2879
2880 @noindent
2881 They are still considered distinct rules even when joined in this way.
2882
2883 If @var{components} in a rule is empty, it means that @var{result} can
2884 match the empty string. For example, here is how to define a
2885 comma-separated sequence of zero or more @code{exp} groupings:
2886
2887 @example
2888 @group
2889 expseq: /* empty */
2890 | expseq1
2891 ;
2892 @end group
2893
2894 @group
2895 expseq1: exp
2896 | expseq1 ',' exp
2897 ;
2898 @end group
2899 @end example
2900
2901 @noindent
2902 It is customary to write a comment @samp{/* empty */} in each rule
2903 with no components.
2904
2905 @node Recursion
2906 @section Recursive Rules
2907 @cindex recursive rule
2908
2909 A rule is called @dfn{recursive} when its @var{result} nonterminal
2910 appears also on its right hand side. Nearly all Bison grammars need to
2911 use recursion, because that is the only way to define a sequence of any
2912 number of a particular thing. Consider this recursive definition of a
2913 comma-separated sequence of one or more expressions:
2914
2915 @example
2916 @group
2917 expseq1: exp
2918 | expseq1 ',' exp
2919 ;
2920 @end group
2921 @end example
2922
2923 @cindex left recursion
2924 @cindex right recursion
2925 @noindent
2926 Since the recursive use of @code{expseq1} is the leftmost symbol in the
2927 right hand side, we call this @dfn{left recursion}. By contrast, here
2928 the same construct is defined using @dfn{right recursion}:
2929
2930 @example
2931 @group
2932 expseq1: exp
2933 | exp ',' expseq1
2934 ;
2935 @end group
2936 @end example
2937
2938 @noindent
2939 Any kind of sequence can be defined using either left recursion or right
2940 recursion, but you should always use left recursion, because it can
2941 parse a sequence of any number of elements with bounded stack space.
2942 Right recursion uses up space on the Bison stack in proportion to the
2943 number of elements in the sequence, because all the elements must be
2944 shifted onto the stack before the rule can be applied even once.
2945 @xref{Algorithm, ,The Bison Parser Algorithm}, for further explanation
2946 of this.
2947
2948 @cindex mutual recursion
2949 @dfn{Indirect} or @dfn{mutual} recursion occurs when the result of the
2950 rule does not appear directly on its right hand side, but does appear
2951 in rules for other nonterminals which do appear on its right hand
2952 side.
2953
2954 For example:
2955
2956 @example
2957 @group
2958 expr: primary
2959 | primary '+' primary
2960 ;
2961 @end group
2962
2963 @group
2964 primary: constant
2965 | '(' expr ')'
2966 ;
2967 @end group
2968 @end example
2969
2970 @noindent
2971 defines two mutually-recursive nonterminals, since each refers to the
2972 other.
2973
2974 @node Semantics
2975 @section Defining Language Semantics
2976 @cindex defining language semantics
2977 @cindex language semantics, defining
2978
2979 The grammar rules for a language determine only the syntax. The semantics
2980 are determined by the semantic values associated with various tokens and
2981 groupings, and by the actions taken when various groupings are recognized.
2982
2983 For example, the calculator calculates properly because the value
2984 associated with each expression is the proper number; it adds properly
2985 because the action for the grouping @w{@samp{@var{x} + @var{y}}} is to add
2986 the numbers associated with @var{x} and @var{y}.
2987
2988 @menu
2989 * Value Type:: Specifying one data type for all semantic values.
2990 * Multiple Types:: Specifying several alternative data types.
2991 * Actions:: An action is the semantic definition of a grammar rule.
2992 * Action Types:: Specifying data types for actions to operate on.
2993 * Mid-Rule Actions:: Most actions go at the end of a rule.
2994 This says when, why and how to use the exceptional
2995 action in the middle of a rule.
2996 @end menu
2997
2998 @node Value Type
2999 @subsection Data Types of Semantic Values
3000 @cindex semantic value type
3001 @cindex value type, semantic
3002 @cindex data types of semantic values
3003 @cindex default data type
3004
3005 In a simple program it may be sufficient to use the same data type for
3006 the semantic values of all language constructs. This was true in the
3007 @acronym{RPN} and infix calculator examples (@pxref{RPN Calc, ,Reverse Polish
3008 Notation Calculator}).
3009
3010 Bison's default is to use type @code{int} for all semantic values. To
3011 specify some other type, define @code{YYSTYPE} as a macro, like this:
3012
3013 @example
3014 #define YYSTYPE double
3015 @end example
3016
3017 @noindent
3018 This macro definition must go in the prologue of the grammar file
3019 (@pxref{Grammar Outline, ,Outline of a Bison Grammar}).
3020
3021 @node Multiple Types
3022 @subsection More Than One Value Type
3023
3024 In most programs, you will need different data types for different kinds
3025 of tokens and groupings. For example, a numeric constant may need type
3026 @code{int} or @code{long int}, while a string constant needs type
3027 @code{char *}, and an identifier might need a pointer to an entry in the
3028 symbol table.
3029
3030 To use more than one data type for semantic values in one parser, Bison
3031 requires you to do two things:
3032
3033 @itemize @bullet
3034 @item
3035 Specify the entire collection of possible data types, with the
3036 @code{%union} Bison declaration (@pxref{Union Decl, ,The Collection of
3037 Value Types}).
3038
3039 @item
3040 Choose one of those types for each symbol (terminal or nonterminal) for
3041 which semantic values are used. This is done for tokens with the
3042 @code{%token} Bison declaration (@pxref{Token Decl, ,Token Type Names})
3043 and for groupings with the @code{%type} Bison declaration (@pxref{Type
3044 Decl, ,Nonterminal Symbols}).
3045 @end itemize
3046
3047 @node Actions
3048 @subsection Actions
3049 @cindex action
3050 @vindex $$
3051 @vindex $@var{n}
3052
3053 An action accompanies a syntactic rule and contains C code to be executed
3054 each time an instance of that rule is recognized. The task of most actions
3055 is to compute a semantic value for the grouping built by the rule from the
3056 semantic values associated with tokens or smaller groupings.
3057
3058 An action consists of C statements surrounded by braces, much like a
3059 compound statement in C@. An action can contain any sequence of C
3060 statements. Bison does not look for trigraphs, though, so if your C
3061 code uses trigraphs you should ensure that they do not affect the
3062 nesting of braces or the boundaries of comments, strings, or character
3063 literals.
3064
3065 An action can be placed at any position in the rule;
3066 it is executed at that position. Most rules have just one action at the
3067 end of the rule, following all the components. Actions in the middle of
3068 a rule are tricky and used only for special purposes (@pxref{Mid-Rule
3069 Actions, ,Actions in Mid-Rule}).
3070
3071 The C code in an action can refer to the semantic values of the components
3072 matched by the rule with the construct @code{$@var{n}}, which stands for
3073 the value of the @var{n}th component. The semantic value for the grouping
3074 being constructed is @code{$$}. Bison translates both of these
3075 constructs into expressions of the appropriate type when it copies the
3076 actions into the parser file. @code{$$} is translated to a modifiable
3077 lvalue, so it can be assigned to.
3078
3079 Here is a typical example:
3080
3081 @example
3082 @group
3083 exp: @dots{}
3084 | exp '+' exp
3085 @{ $$ = $1 + $3; @}
3086 @end group
3087 @end example
3088
3089 @noindent
3090 This rule constructs an @code{exp} from two smaller @code{exp} groupings
3091 connected by a plus-sign token. In the action, @code{$1} and @code{$3}
3092 refer to the semantic values of the two component @code{exp} groupings,
3093 which are the first and third symbols on the right hand side of the rule.
3094 The sum is stored into @code{$$} so that it becomes the semantic value of
3095 the addition-expression just recognized by the rule. If there were a
3096 useful semantic value associated with the @samp{+} token, it could be
3097 referred to as @code{$2}.
3098
3099 Note that the vertical-bar character @samp{|} is really a rule
3100 separator, and actions are attached to a single rule. This is a
3101 difference with tools like Flex, for which @samp{|} stands for either
3102 ``or'', or ``the same action as that of the next rule''. In the
3103 following example, the action is triggered only when @samp{b} is found:
3104
3105 @example
3106 @group
3107 a-or-b: 'a'|'b' @{ a_or_b_found = 1; @};
3108 @end group
3109 @end example
3110
3111 @cindex default action
3112 If you don't specify an action for a rule, Bison supplies a default:
3113 @w{@code{$$ = $1}.} Thus, the value of the first symbol in the rule
3114 becomes the value of the whole rule. Of course, the default action is
3115 valid only if the two data types match. There is no meaningful default
3116 action for an empty rule; every empty rule must have an explicit action
3117 unless the rule's value does not matter.
3118
3119 @code{$@var{n}} with @var{n} zero or negative is allowed for reference
3120 to tokens and groupings on the stack @emph{before} those that match the
3121 current rule. This is a very risky practice, and to use it reliably
3122 you must be certain of the context in which the rule is applied. Here
3123 is a case in which you can use this reliably:
3124
3125 @example
3126 @group
3127 foo: expr bar '+' expr @{ @dots{} @}
3128 | expr bar '-' expr @{ @dots{} @}
3129 ;
3130 @end group
3131
3132 @group
3133 bar: /* empty */
3134 @{ previous_expr = $0; @}
3135 ;
3136 @end group
3137 @end example
3138
3139 As long as @code{bar} is used only in the fashion shown here, @code{$0}
3140 always refers to the @code{expr} which precedes @code{bar} in the
3141 definition of @code{foo}.
3142
3143 @node Action Types
3144 @subsection Data Types of Values in Actions
3145 @cindex action data types
3146 @cindex data types in actions
3147
3148 If you have chosen a single data type for semantic values, the @code{$$}
3149 and @code{$@var{n}} constructs always have that data type.
3150
3151 If you have used @code{%union} to specify a variety of data types, then you
3152 must declare a choice among these types for each terminal or nonterminal
3153 symbol that can have a semantic value. Then each time you use @code{$$} or
3154 @code{$@var{n}}, its data type is determined by which symbol it refers to
3155 in the rule. In this example,
3156
3157 @example
3158 @group
3159 exp: @dots{}
3160 | exp '+' exp
3161 @{ $$ = $1 + $3; @}
3162 @end group
3163 @end example
3164
3165 @noindent
3166 @code{$1} and @code{$3} refer to instances of @code{exp}, so they all
3167 have the data type declared for the nonterminal symbol @code{exp}. If
3168 @code{$2} were used, it would have the data type declared for the
3169 terminal symbol @code{'+'}, whatever that might be.
3170
3171 Alternatively, you can specify the data type when you refer to the value,
3172 by inserting @samp{<@var{type}>} after the @samp{$} at the beginning of the
3173 reference. For example, if you have defined types as shown here:
3174
3175 @example
3176 @group
3177 %union @{
3178 int itype;
3179 double dtype;
3180 @}
3181 @end group
3182 @end example
3183
3184 @noindent
3185 then you can write @code{$<itype>1} to refer to the first subunit of the
3186 rule as an integer, or @code{$<dtype>1} to refer to it as a double.
3187
3188 @node Mid-Rule Actions
3189 @subsection Actions in Mid-Rule
3190 @cindex actions in mid-rule
3191 @cindex mid-rule actions
3192
3193 Occasionally it is useful to put an action in the middle of a rule.
3194 These actions are written just like usual end-of-rule actions, but they
3195 are executed before the parser even recognizes the following components.
3196
3197 A mid-rule action may refer to the components preceding it using
3198 @code{$@var{n}}, but it may not refer to subsequent components because
3199 it is run before they are parsed.
3200
3201 The mid-rule action itself counts as one of the components of the rule.
3202 This makes a difference when there is another action later in the same rule
3203 (and usually there is another at the end): you have to count the actions
3204 along with the symbols when working out which number @var{n} to use in
3205 @code{$@var{n}}.
3206
3207 The mid-rule action can also have a semantic value. The action can set
3208 its value with an assignment to @code{$$}, and actions later in the rule
3209 can refer to the value using @code{$@var{n}}. Since there is no symbol
3210 to name the action, there is no way to declare a data type for the value
3211 in advance, so you must use the @samp{$<@dots{}>@var{n}} construct to
3212 specify a data type each time you refer to this value.
3213
3214 There is no way to set the value of the entire rule with a mid-rule
3215 action, because assignments to @code{$$} do not have that effect. The
3216 only way to set the value for the entire rule is with an ordinary action
3217 at the end of the rule.
3218
3219 Here is an example from a hypothetical compiler, handling a @code{let}
3220 statement that looks like @samp{let (@var{variable}) @var{statement}} and
3221 serves to create a variable named @var{variable} temporarily for the
3222 duration of @var{statement}. To parse this construct, we must put
3223 @var{variable} into the symbol table while @var{statement} is parsed, then
3224 remove it afterward. Here is how it is done:
3225
3226 @example
3227 @group
3228 stmt: LET '(' var ')'
3229 @{ $<context>$ = push_context ();
3230 declare_variable ($3); @}
3231 stmt @{ $$ = $6;
3232 pop_context ($<context>5); @}
3233 @end group
3234 @end example
3235
3236 @noindent
3237 As soon as @samp{let (@var{variable})} has been recognized, the first
3238 action is run. It saves a copy of the current semantic context (the
3239 list of accessible variables) as its semantic value, using alternative
3240 @code{context} in the data-type union. Then it calls
3241 @code{declare_variable} to add the new variable to that list. Once the
3242 first action is finished, the embedded statement @code{stmt} can be
3243 parsed. Note that the mid-rule action is component number 5, so the
3244 @samp{stmt} is component number 6.
3245
3246 After the embedded statement is parsed, its semantic value becomes the
3247 value of the entire @code{let}-statement. Then the semantic value from the
3248 earlier action is used to restore the prior list of variables. This
3249 removes the temporary @code{let}-variable from the list so that it won't
3250 appear to exist while the rest of the program is parsed.
3251
3252 Taking action before a rule is completely recognized often leads to
3253 conflicts since the parser must commit to a parse in order to execute the
3254 action. For example, the following two rules, without mid-rule actions,
3255 can coexist in a working parser because the parser can shift the open-brace
3256 token and look at what follows before deciding whether there is a
3257 declaration or not:
3258
3259 @example
3260 @group
3261 compound: '@{' declarations statements '@}'
3262 | '@{' statements '@}'
3263 ;
3264 @end group
3265 @end example
3266
3267 @noindent
3268 But when we add a mid-rule action as follows, the rules become nonfunctional:
3269
3270 @example
3271 @group
3272 compound: @{ prepare_for_local_variables (); @}
3273 '@{' declarations statements '@}'
3274 @end group
3275 @group
3276 | '@{' statements '@}'
3277 ;
3278 @end group
3279 @end example
3280
3281 @noindent
3282 Now the parser is forced to decide whether to run the mid-rule action
3283 when it has read no farther than the open-brace. In other words, it
3284 must commit to using one rule or the other, without sufficient
3285 information to do it correctly. (The open-brace token is what is called
3286 the @dfn{look-ahead} token at this time, since the parser is still
3287 deciding what to do about it. @xref{Look-Ahead, ,Look-Ahead Tokens}.)
3288
3289 You might think that you could correct the problem by putting identical
3290 actions into the two rules, like this:
3291
3292 @example
3293 @group
3294 compound: @{ prepare_for_local_variables (); @}
3295 '@{' declarations statements '@}'
3296 | @{ prepare_for_local_variables (); @}
3297 '@{' statements '@}'
3298 ;
3299 @end group
3300 @end example
3301
3302 @noindent
3303 But this does not help, because Bison does not realize that the two actions
3304 are identical. (Bison never tries to understand the C code in an action.)
3305
3306 If the grammar is such that a declaration can be distinguished from a
3307 statement by the first token (which is true in C), then one solution which
3308 does work is to put the action after the open-brace, like this:
3309
3310 @example
3311 @group
3312 compound: '@{' @{ prepare_for_local_variables (); @}
3313 declarations statements '@}'
3314 | '@{' statements '@}'
3315 ;
3316 @end group
3317 @end example
3318
3319 @noindent
3320 Now the first token of the following declaration or statement,
3321 which would in any case tell Bison which rule to use, can still do so.
3322
3323 Another solution is to bury the action inside a nonterminal symbol which
3324 serves as a subroutine:
3325
3326 @example
3327 @group
3328 subroutine: /* empty */
3329 @{ prepare_for_local_variables (); @}
3330 ;
3331
3332 @end group
3333
3334 @group
3335 compound: subroutine
3336 '@{' declarations statements '@}'
3337 | subroutine
3338 '@{' statements '@}'
3339 ;
3340 @end group
3341 @end example
3342
3343 @noindent
3344 Now Bison can execute the action in the rule for @code{subroutine} without
3345 deciding which rule for @code{compound} it will eventually use. Note that
3346 the action is now at the end of its rule. Any mid-rule action can be
3347 converted to an end-of-rule action in this way, and this is what Bison
3348 actually does to implement mid-rule actions.
3349
3350 @node Locations
3351 @section Tracking Locations
3352 @cindex location
3353 @cindex textual location
3354 @cindex location, textual
3355
3356 Though grammar rules and semantic actions are enough to write a fully
3357 functional parser, it can be useful to process some additional information,
3358 especially symbol locations.
3359
3360 The way locations are handled is defined by providing a data type, and
3361 actions to take when rules are matched.
3362
3363 @menu
3364 * Location Type:: Specifying a data type for locations.
3365 * Actions and Locations:: Using locations in actions.
3366 * Location Default Action:: Defining a general way to compute locations.
3367 @end menu
3368
3369 @node Location Type
3370 @subsection Data Type of Locations
3371 @cindex data type of locations
3372 @cindex default location type
3373
3374 Defining a data type for locations is much simpler than for semantic values,
3375 since all tokens and groupings always use the same type.
3376
3377 The type of locations is specified by defining a macro called @code{YYLTYPE}.
3378 When @code{YYLTYPE} is not defined, Bison uses a default structure type with
3379 four members:
3380
3381 @example
3382 typedef struct YYLTYPE
3383 @{
3384 int first_line;
3385 int first_column;
3386 int last_line;
3387 int last_column;
3388 @} YYLTYPE;
3389 @end example
3390
3391 @node Actions and Locations
3392 @subsection Actions and Locations
3393 @cindex location actions
3394 @cindex actions, location
3395 @vindex @@$
3396 @vindex @@@var{n}
3397
3398 Actions are not only useful for defining language semantics, but also for
3399 describing the behavior of the output parser with locations.
3400
3401 The most obvious way for building locations of syntactic groupings is very
3402 similar to the way semantic values are computed. In a given rule, several
3403 constructs can be used to access the locations of the elements being matched.
3404 The location of the @var{n}th component of the right hand side is
3405 @code{@@@var{n}}, while the location of the left hand side grouping is
3406 @code{@@$}.
3407
3408 Here is a basic example using the default data type for locations:
3409
3410 @example
3411 @group
3412 exp: @dots{}
3413 | exp '/' exp
3414 @{
3415 @@$.first_column = @@1.first_column;
3416 @@$.first_line = @@1.first_line;
3417 @@$.last_column = @@3.last_column;
3418 @@$.last_line = @@3.last_line;
3419 if ($3)
3420 $$ = $1 / $3;
3421 else
3422 @{
3423 $$ = 1;
3424 fprintf (stderr,
3425 "Division by zero, l%d,c%d-l%d,c%d",
3426 @@3.first_line, @@3.first_column,
3427 @@3.last_line, @@3.last_column);
3428 @}
3429 @}
3430 @end group
3431 @end example
3432
3433 As for semantic values, there is a default action for locations that is
3434 run each time a rule is matched. It sets the beginning of @code{@@$} to the
3435 beginning of the first symbol, and the end of @code{@@$} to the end of the
3436 last symbol.
3437
3438 With this default action, the location tracking can be fully automatic. The
3439 example above simply rewrites this way:
3440
3441 @example
3442 @group
3443 exp: @dots{}
3444 | exp '/' exp
3445 @{
3446 if ($3)
3447 $$ = $1 / $3;
3448 else
3449 @{
3450 $$ = 1;
3451 fprintf (stderr,
3452 "Division by zero, l%d,c%d-l%d,c%d",
3453 @@3.first_line, @@3.first_column,
3454 @@3.last_line, @@3.last_column);
3455 @}
3456 @}
3457 @end group
3458 @end example
3459
3460 @node Location Default Action
3461 @subsection Default Action for Locations
3462 @vindex YYLLOC_DEFAULT
3463
3464 Actually, actions are not the best place to compute locations. Since
3465 locations are much more general than semantic values, there is room in
3466 the output parser to redefine the default action to take for each
3467 rule. The @code{YYLLOC_DEFAULT} macro is invoked each time a rule is
3468 matched, before the associated action is run. It is also invoked
3469 while processing a syntax error, to compute the error's location.
3470
3471 Most of the time, this macro is general enough to suppress location
3472 dedicated code from semantic actions.
3473
3474 The @code{YYLLOC_DEFAULT} macro takes three parameters. The first one is
3475 the location of the grouping (the result of the computation). When a
3476 rule is matched, the second parameter identifies locations of
3477 all right hand side elements of the rule being matched, and the third
3478 parameter is the size of the rule's right hand side. When processing
3479 a syntax error, the second parameter identifies locations of
3480 the symbols that were discarded during error processing, and the third
3481 parameter is the number of discarded symbols.
3482
3483 By default, @code{YYLLOC_DEFAULT} is defined this way:
3484
3485 @smallexample
3486 @group
3487 # define YYLLOC_DEFAULT(Current, Rhs, N) \
3488 do \
3489 if (N) \
3490 @{ \
3491 (Current).first_line = YYRHSLOC(Rhs, 1).first_line; \
3492 (Current).first_column = YYRHSLOC(Rhs, 1).first_column; \
3493 (Current).last_line = YYRHSLOC(Rhs, N).last_line; \
3494 (Current).last_column = YYRHSLOC(Rhs, N).last_column; \
3495 @} \
3496 else \
3497 @{ \
3498 (Current).first_line = (Current).last_line = \
3499 YYRHSLOC(Rhs, 0).last_line; \
3500 (Current).first_column = (Current).last_column = \
3501 YYRHSLOC(Rhs, 0).last_column; \
3502 @} \
3503 while (0)
3504 @end group
3505 @end smallexample
3506
3507 where @code{YYRHSLOC (rhs, k)} is the location of the @var{k}th symbol
3508 in @var{rhs} when @var{k} is positive, and the location of the symbol
3509 just before the reduction when @var{k} and @var{n} are both zero.
3510
3511 When defining @code{YYLLOC_DEFAULT}, you should consider that:
3512
3513 @itemize @bullet
3514 @item
3515 All arguments are free of side-effects. However, only the first one (the
3516 result) should be modified by @code{YYLLOC_DEFAULT}.
3517
3518 @item
3519 For consistency with semantic actions, valid indexes within the
3520 right hand side range from 1 to @var{n}. When @var{n} is zero, only 0 is a
3521 valid index, and it refers to the symbol just before the reduction.
3522 During error processing @var{n} is always positive.
3523
3524 @item
3525 Your macro should parenthesize its arguments, if need be, since the
3526 actual arguments may not be surrounded by parentheses. Also, your
3527 macro should expand to something that can be used as a single
3528 statement when it is followed by a semicolon.
3529 @end itemize
3530
3531 @node Declarations
3532 @section Bison Declarations
3533 @cindex declarations, Bison
3534 @cindex Bison declarations
3535
3536 The @dfn{Bison declarations} section of a Bison grammar defines the symbols
3537 used in formulating the grammar and the data types of semantic values.
3538 @xref{Symbols}.
3539
3540 All token type names (but not single-character literal tokens such as
3541 @code{'+'} and @code{'*'}) must be declared. Nonterminal symbols must be
3542 declared if you need to specify which data type to use for the semantic
3543 value (@pxref{Multiple Types, ,More Than One Value Type}).
3544
3545 The first rule in the file also specifies the start symbol, by default.
3546 If you want some other symbol to be the start symbol, you must declare
3547 it explicitly (@pxref{Language and Grammar, ,Languages and Context-Free
3548 Grammars}).
3549
3550 @menu
3551 * Require Decl:: Requiring a Bison version.
3552 * Token Decl:: Declaring terminal symbols.
3553 * Precedence Decl:: Declaring terminals with precedence and associativity.
3554 * Union Decl:: Declaring the set of all semantic value types.
3555 * Type Decl:: Declaring the choice of type for a nonterminal symbol.
3556 * Initial Action Decl:: Code run before parsing starts.
3557 * Destructor Decl:: Declaring how symbols are freed.
3558 * Expect Decl:: Suppressing warnings about parsing conflicts.
3559 * Start Decl:: Specifying the start symbol.
3560 * Pure Decl:: Requesting a reentrant parser.
3561 * Decl Summary:: Table of all Bison declarations.
3562 @end menu
3563
3564 @node Require Decl
3565 @subsection Require a Version of Bison
3566 @cindex version requirement
3567 @cindex requiring a version of Bison
3568 @findex %require
3569
3570 You may require the minimum version of Bison to process the grammar. If
3571 the requirement is not met, @command{bison} exits with an error (exit
3572 status 63).
3573
3574 @example
3575 %require "@var{version}"
3576 @end example
3577
3578 @node Token Decl
3579 @subsection Token Type Names
3580 @cindex declaring token type names
3581 @cindex token type names, declaring
3582 @cindex declaring literal string tokens
3583 @findex %token
3584
3585 The basic way to declare a token type name (terminal symbol) is as follows:
3586
3587 @example
3588 %token @var{name}
3589 @end example
3590
3591 Bison will convert this into a @code{#define} directive in
3592 the parser, so that the function @code{yylex} (if it is in this file)
3593 can use the name @var{name} to stand for this token type's code.
3594
3595 Alternatively, you can use @code{%left}, @code{%right}, or
3596 @code{%nonassoc} instead of @code{%token}, if you wish to specify
3597 associativity and precedence. @xref{Precedence Decl, ,Operator
3598 Precedence}.
3599
3600 You can explicitly specify the numeric code for a token type by appending
3601 a decimal or hexadecimal integer value in the field immediately
3602 following the token name:
3603
3604 @example
3605 %token NUM 300
3606 %token XNUM 0x12d // a GNU extension
3607 @end example
3608
3609 @noindent
3610 It is generally best, however, to let Bison choose the numeric codes for
3611 all token types. Bison will automatically select codes that don't conflict
3612 with each other or with normal characters.
3613
3614 In the event that the stack type is a union, you must augment the
3615 @code{%token} or other token declaration to include the data type
3616 alternative delimited by angle-brackets (@pxref{Multiple Types, ,More
3617 Than One Value Type}).
3618
3619 For example:
3620
3621 @example
3622 @group
3623 %union @{ /* define stack type */
3624 double val;
3625 symrec *tptr;
3626 @}
3627 %token <val> NUM /* define token NUM and its type */
3628 @end group
3629 @end example
3630
3631 You can associate a literal string token with a token type name by
3632 writing the literal string at the end of a @code{%token}
3633 declaration which declares the name. For example:
3634
3635 @example
3636 %token arrow "=>"
3637 @end example
3638
3639 @noindent
3640 For example, a grammar for the C language might specify these names with
3641 equivalent literal string tokens:
3642
3643 @example
3644 %token <operator> OR "||"
3645 %token <operator> LE 134 "<="
3646 %left OR "<="
3647 @end example
3648
3649 @noindent
3650 Once you equate the literal string and the token name, you can use them
3651 interchangeably in further declarations or the grammar rules. The
3652 @code{yylex} function can use the token name or the literal string to
3653 obtain the token type code number (@pxref{Calling Convention}).
3654
3655 @node Precedence Decl
3656 @subsection Operator Precedence
3657 @cindex precedence declarations
3658 @cindex declaring operator precedence
3659 @cindex operator precedence, declaring
3660
3661 Use the @code{%left}, @code{%right} or @code{%nonassoc} declaration to
3662 declare a token and specify its precedence and associativity, all at
3663 once. These are called @dfn{precedence declarations}.
3664 @xref{Precedence, ,Operator Precedence}, for general information on
3665 operator precedence.
3666
3667 The syntax of a precedence declaration is the same as that of
3668 @code{%token}: either
3669
3670 @example
3671 %left @var{symbols}@dots{}
3672 @end example
3673
3674 @noindent
3675 or
3676
3677 @example
3678 %left <@var{type}> @var{symbols}@dots{}
3679 @end example
3680
3681 And indeed any of these declarations serves the purposes of @code{%token}.
3682 But in addition, they specify the associativity and relative precedence for
3683 all the @var{symbols}:
3684
3685 @itemize @bullet
3686 @item
3687 The associativity of an operator @var{op} determines how repeated uses
3688 of the operator nest: whether @samp{@var{x} @var{op} @var{y} @var{op}
3689 @var{z}} is parsed by grouping @var{x} with @var{y} first or by
3690 grouping @var{y} with @var{z} first. @code{%left} specifies
3691 left-associativity (grouping @var{x} with @var{y} first) and
3692 @code{%right} specifies right-associativity (grouping @var{y} with
3693 @var{z} first). @code{%nonassoc} specifies no associativity, which
3694 means that @samp{@var{x} @var{op} @var{y} @var{op} @var{z}} is
3695 considered a syntax error.
3696
3697 @item
3698 The precedence of an operator determines how it nests with other operators.
3699 All the tokens declared in a single precedence declaration have equal
3700 precedence and nest together according to their associativity.
3701 When two tokens declared in different precedence declarations associate,
3702 the one declared later has the higher precedence and is grouped first.
3703 @end itemize
3704
3705 @node Union Decl
3706 @subsection The Collection of Value Types
3707 @cindex declaring value types
3708 @cindex value types, declaring
3709 @findex %union
3710
3711 The @code{%union} declaration specifies the entire collection of possible
3712 data types for semantic values. The keyword @code{%union} is followed by a
3713 pair of braces containing the same thing that goes inside a @code{union} in
3714 C.
3715
3716 For example:
3717
3718 @example
3719 @group
3720 %union @{
3721 double val;
3722 symrec *tptr;
3723 @}
3724 @end group
3725 @end example
3726
3727 @noindent
3728 This says that the two alternative types are @code{double} and @code{symrec
3729 *}. They are given names @code{val} and @code{tptr}; these names are used
3730 in the @code{%token} and @code{%type} declarations to pick one of the types
3731 for a terminal or nonterminal symbol (@pxref{Type Decl, ,Nonterminal Symbols}).
3732
3733 As an extension to @acronym{POSIX}, a tag is allowed after the
3734 @code{union}. For example:
3735
3736 @example
3737 @group
3738 %union value @{
3739 double val;
3740 symrec *tptr;
3741 @}
3742 @end group
3743 @end example
3744
3745 specifies the union tag @code{value}, so the corresponding C type is
3746 @code{union value}. If you do not specify a tag, it defaults to
3747 @code{YYSTYPE}.
3748
3749 Note that, unlike making a @code{union} declaration in C, you need not write
3750 a semicolon after the closing brace.
3751
3752 @node Type Decl
3753 @subsection Nonterminal Symbols
3754 @cindex declaring value types, nonterminals
3755 @cindex value types, nonterminals, declaring
3756 @findex %type
3757
3758 @noindent
3759 When you use @code{%union} to specify multiple value types, you must
3760 declare the value type of each nonterminal symbol for which values are
3761 used. This is done with a @code{%type} declaration, like this:
3762
3763 @example
3764 %type <@var{type}> @var{nonterminal}@dots{}
3765 @end example
3766
3767 @noindent
3768 Here @var{nonterminal} is the name of a nonterminal symbol, and
3769 @var{type} is the name given in the @code{%union} to the alternative
3770 that you want (@pxref{Union Decl, ,The Collection of Value Types}). You
3771 can give any number of nonterminal symbols in the same @code{%type}
3772 declaration, if they have the same value type. Use spaces to separate
3773 the symbol names.
3774
3775 You can also declare the value type of a terminal symbol. To do this,
3776 use the same @code{<@var{type}>} construction in a declaration for the
3777 terminal symbol. All kinds of token declarations allow
3778 @code{<@var{type}>}.
3779
3780 @node Initial Action Decl
3781 @subsection Performing Actions before Parsing
3782 @findex %initial-action
3783
3784 Sometimes your parser needs to perform some initializations before
3785 parsing. The @code{%initial-action} directive allows for such arbitrary
3786 code.
3787
3788 @deffn {Directive} %initial-action @{ @var{code} @}
3789 @findex %initial-action
3790 Declare that the @var{code} must be invoked before parsing each time
3791 @code{yyparse} is called. The @var{code} may use @code{$$} and
3792 @code{@@$} --- initial value and location of the look-ahead --- and the
3793 @code{%parse-param}.
3794 @end deffn
3795
3796 For instance, if your locations use a file name, you may use
3797
3798 @example
3799 %parse-param @{ char const *file_name @};
3800 %initial-action
3801 @{
3802 @@$.initialize (file_name);
3803 @};
3804 @end example
3805
3806
3807 @node Destructor Decl
3808 @subsection Freeing Discarded Symbols
3809 @cindex freeing discarded symbols
3810 @findex %destructor
3811
3812 During error recovery (@pxref{Error Recovery}), symbols already pushed
3813 on the stack and tokens coming from the rest of the file are discarded
3814 until the parser falls on its feet. If the parser runs out of memory,
3815 or if it returns via @code{YYABORT} or @code{YYACCEPT}, all the
3816 symbols on the stack must be discarded. Even if the parser succeeds, it
3817 must discard the start symbol.
3818
3819 When discarded symbols convey heap based information, this memory is
3820 lost. While this behavior can be tolerable for batch parsers, such as
3821 in traditional compilers, it is unacceptable for programs like shells or
3822 protocol implementations that may parse and execute indefinitely.
3823
3824 The @code{%destructor} directive defines code that is called when a
3825 symbol is automatically discarded.
3826
3827 @deffn {Directive} %destructor @{ @var{code} @} @var{symbols}
3828 @findex %destructor
3829 Invoke @var{code} whenever the parser discards one of the @var{symbols}.
3830 Within @var{code}, @code{$$} designates the semantic value associated
3831 with the discarded symbol. The additional parser parameters are also
3832 available (@pxref{Parser Function, , The Parser Function
3833 @code{yyparse}}).
3834 @end deffn
3835
3836 For instance:
3837
3838 @smallexample
3839 %union
3840 @{
3841 char *string;
3842 @}
3843 %token <string> STRING
3844 %type <string> string
3845 %destructor @{ free ($$); @} STRING string
3846 @end smallexample
3847
3848 @noindent
3849 guarantees that when a @code{STRING} or a @code{string} is discarded,
3850 its associated memory will be freed.
3851
3852 @sp 1
3853
3854 @cindex discarded symbols
3855 @dfn{Discarded symbols} are the following:
3856
3857 @itemize
3858 @item
3859 stacked symbols popped during the first phase of error recovery,
3860 @item
3861 incoming terminals during the second phase of error recovery,
3862 @item
3863 the current look-ahead and the entire stack (except the current
3864 right-hand side symbols) when the parser returns immediately, and
3865 @item
3866 the start symbol, when the parser succeeds.
3867 @end itemize
3868
3869 The parser can @dfn{return immediately} because of an explicit call to
3870 @code{YYABORT} or @code{YYACCEPT}, or failed error recovery, or memory
3871 exhaustion.
3872
3873 Right-hand size symbols of a rule that explicitly triggers a syntax
3874 error via @code{YYERROR} are not discarded automatically. As a rule
3875 of thumb, destructors are invoked only when user actions cannot manage
3876 the memory.
3877
3878 @node Expect Decl
3879 @subsection Suppressing Conflict Warnings
3880 @cindex suppressing conflict warnings
3881 @cindex preventing warnings about conflicts
3882 @cindex warnings, preventing
3883 @cindex conflicts, suppressing warnings of
3884 @findex %expect
3885 @findex %expect-rr
3886
3887 Bison normally warns if there are any conflicts in the grammar
3888 (@pxref{Shift/Reduce, ,Shift/Reduce Conflicts}), but most real grammars
3889 have harmless shift/reduce conflicts which are resolved in a predictable
3890 way and would be difficult to eliminate. It is desirable to suppress
3891 the warning about these conflicts unless the number of conflicts
3892 changes. You can do this with the @code{%expect} declaration.
3893
3894 The declaration looks like this:
3895
3896 @example
3897 %expect @var{n}
3898 @end example
3899
3900 Here @var{n} is a decimal integer. The declaration says there should
3901 be @var{n} shift/reduce conflicts and no reduce/reduce conflicts.
3902 Bison reports an error if the number of shift/reduce conflicts differs
3903 from @var{n}, or if there are any reduce/reduce conflicts.
3904
3905 For normal @acronym{LALR}(1) parsers, reduce/reduce conflicts are more
3906 serious, and should be eliminated entirely. Bison will always report
3907 reduce/reduce conflicts for these parsers. With @acronym{GLR}
3908 parsers, however, both kinds of conflicts are routine; otherwise,
3909 there would be no need to use @acronym{GLR} parsing. Therefore, it is
3910 also possible to specify an expected number of reduce/reduce conflicts
3911 in @acronym{GLR} parsers, using the declaration:
3912
3913 @example
3914 %expect-rr @var{n}
3915 @end example
3916
3917 In general, using @code{%expect} involves these steps:
3918
3919 @itemize @bullet
3920 @item
3921 Compile your grammar without @code{%expect}. Use the @samp{-v} option
3922 to get a verbose list of where the conflicts occur. Bison will also
3923 print the number of conflicts.
3924
3925 @item
3926 Check each of the conflicts to make sure that Bison's default
3927 resolution is what you really want. If not, rewrite the grammar and
3928 go back to the beginning.
3929
3930 @item
3931 Add an @code{%expect} declaration, copying the number @var{n} from the
3932 number which Bison printed. With @acronym{GLR} parsers, add an
3933 @code{%expect-rr} declaration as well.
3934 @end itemize
3935
3936 Now Bison will warn you if you introduce an unexpected conflict, but
3937 will keep silent otherwise.
3938
3939 @node Start Decl
3940 @subsection The Start-Symbol
3941 @cindex declaring the start symbol
3942 @cindex start symbol, declaring
3943 @cindex default start symbol
3944 @findex %start
3945
3946 Bison assumes by default that the start symbol for the grammar is the first
3947 nonterminal specified in the grammar specification section. The programmer
3948 may override this restriction with the @code{%start} declaration as follows:
3949
3950 @example
3951 %start @var{symbol}
3952 @end example
3953
3954 @node Pure Decl
3955 @subsection A Pure (Reentrant) Parser
3956 @cindex reentrant parser
3957 @cindex pure parser
3958 @findex %pure-parser
3959
3960 A @dfn{reentrant} program is one which does not alter in the course of
3961 execution; in other words, it consists entirely of @dfn{pure} (read-only)
3962 code. Reentrancy is important whenever asynchronous execution is possible;
3963 for example, a nonreentrant program may not be safe to call from a signal
3964 handler. In systems with multiple threads of control, a nonreentrant
3965 program must be called only within interlocks.
3966
3967 Normally, Bison generates a parser which is not reentrant. This is
3968 suitable for most uses, and it permits compatibility with Yacc. (The
3969 standard Yacc interfaces are inherently nonreentrant, because they use
3970 statically allocated variables for communication with @code{yylex},
3971 including @code{yylval} and @code{yylloc}.)
3972
3973 Alternatively, you can generate a pure, reentrant parser. The Bison
3974 declaration @code{%pure-parser} says that you want the parser to be
3975 reentrant. It looks like this:
3976
3977 @example
3978 %pure-parser
3979 @end example
3980
3981 The result is that the communication variables @code{yylval} and
3982 @code{yylloc} become local variables in @code{yyparse}, and a different
3983 calling convention is used for the lexical analyzer function
3984 @code{yylex}. @xref{Pure Calling, ,Calling Conventions for Pure
3985 Parsers}, for the details of this. The variable @code{yynerrs} also
3986 becomes local in @code{yyparse} (@pxref{Error Reporting, ,The Error
3987 Reporting Function @code{yyerror}}). The convention for calling
3988 @code{yyparse} itself is unchanged.
3989
3990 Whether the parser is pure has nothing to do with the grammar rules.
3991 You can generate either a pure parser or a nonreentrant parser from any
3992 valid grammar.
3993
3994 @node Decl Summary
3995 @subsection Bison Declaration Summary
3996 @cindex Bison declaration summary
3997 @cindex declaration summary
3998 @cindex summary, Bison declaration
3999
4000 Here is a summary of the declarations used to define a grammar:
4001
4002 @deffn {Directive} %union
4003 Declare the collection of data types that semantic values may have
4004 (@pxref{Union Decl, ,The Collection of Value Types}).
4005 @end deffn
4006
4007 @deffn {Directive} %token
4008 Declare a terminal symbol (token type name) with no precedence
4009 or associativity specified (@pxref{Token Decl, ,Token Type Names}).
4010 @end deffn
4011
4012 @deffn {Directive} %right
4013 Declare a terminal symbol (token type name) that is right-associative
4014 (@pxref{Precedence Decl, ,Operator Precedence}).
4015 @end deffn
4016
4017 @deffn {Directive} %left
4018 Declare a terminal symbol (token type name) that is left-associative
4019 (@pxref{Precedence Decl, ,Operator Precedence}).
4020 @end deffn
4021
4022 @deffn {Directive} %nonassoc
4023 Declare a terminal symbol (token type name) that is nonassociative
4024 (@pxref{Precedence Decl, ,Operator Precedence}).
4025 Using it in a way that would be associative is a syntax error.
4026 @end deffn
4027
4028 @ifset defaultprec
4029 @deffn {Directive} %default-prec
4030 Assign a precedence to rules lacking an explicit @code{%prec} modifier
4031 (@pxref{Contextual Precedence, ,Context-Dependent Precedence}).
4032 @end deffn
4033 @end ifset
4034
4035 @deffn {Directive} %type
4036 Declare the type of semantic values for a nonterminal symbol
4037 (@pxref{Type Decl, ,Nonterminal Symbols}).
4038 @end deffn
4039
4040 @deffn {Directive} %start
4041 Specify the grammar's start symbol (@pxref{Start Decl, ,The
4042 Start-Symbol}).
4043 @end deffn
4044
4045 @deffn {Directive} %expect
4046 Declare the expected number of shift-reduce conflicts
4047 (@pxref{Expect Decl, ,Suppressing Conflict Warnings}).
4048 @end deffn
4049
4050
4051 @sp 1
4052 @noindent
4053 In order to change the behavior of @command{bison}, use the following
4054 directives:
4055
4056 @deffn {Directive} %debug
4057 In the parser file, define the macro @code{YYDEBUG} to 1 if it is not
4058 already defined, so that the debugging facilities are compiled.
4059 @end deffn
4060 @xref{Tracing, ,Tracing Your Parser}.
4061
4062 @deffn {Directive} %defines
4063 Write a header file containing macro definitions for the token type
4064 names defined in the grammar as well as a few other declarations.
4065 If the parser output file is named @file{@var{name}.c} then this file
4066 is named @file{@var{name}.h}.
4067
4068 Unless @code{YYSTYPE} is already defined as a macro, the output header
4069 declares @code{YYSTYPE}. Therefore, if you are using a @code{%union}
4070 (@pxref{Multiple Types, ,More Than One Value Type}) with components that
4071 require other definitions, or if you have defined a @code{YYSTYPE} macro
4072 (@pxref{Value Type, ,Data Types of Semantic Values}), you need to
4073 arrange for these definitions to be propagated to all modules, e.g., by
4074 putting them in a prerequisite header that is included both by your
4075 parser and by any other module that needs @code{YYSTYPE}.
4076
4077 Unless your parser is pure, the output header declares @code{yylval}
4078 as an external variable. @xref{Pure Decl, ,A Pure (Reentrant)
4079 Parser}.
4080
4081 If you have also used locations, the output header declares
4082 @code{YYLTYPE} and @code{yylloc} using a protocol similar to that of
4083 @code{YYSTYPE} and @code{yylval}. @xref{Locations, ,Tracking
4084 Locations}.
4085
4086 This output file is normally essential if you wish to put the definition
4087 of @code{yylex} in a separate source file, because @code{yylex}
4088 typically needs to be able to refer to the above-mentioned declarations
4089 and to the token type codes. @xref{Token Values, ,Semantic Values of
4090 Tokens}.
4091 @end deffn
4092
4093 @deffn {Directive} %destructor
4094 Specify how the parser should reclaim the memory associated to
4095 discarded symbols. @xref{Destructor Decl, , Freeing Discarded Symbols}.
4096 @end deffn
4097
4098 @deffn {Directive} %file-prefix="@var{prefix}"
4099 Specify a prefix to use for all Bison output file names. The names are
4100 chosen as if the input file were named @file{@var{prefix}.y}.
4101 @end deffn
4102
4103 @deffn {Directive} %locations
4104 Generate the code processing the locations (@pxref{Action Features,
4105 ,Special Features for Use in Actions}). This mode is enabled as soon as
4106 the grammar uses the special @samp{@@@var{n}} tokens, but if your
4107 grammar does not use it, using @samp{%locations} allows for more
4108 accurate syntax error messages.
4109 @end deffn
4110
4111 @deffn {Directive} %name-prefix="@var{prefix}"
4112 Rename the external symbols used in the parser so that they start with
4113 @var{prefix} instead of @samp{yy}. The precise list of symbols renamed
4114 is @code{yyparse}, @code{yylex}, @code{yyerror}, @code{yynerrs},
4115 @code{yylval}, @code{yylloc}, @code{yychar}, @code{yydebug}, and
4116 possible @code{yylloc}. For example, if you use
4117 @samp{%name-prefix="c_"}, the names become @code{c_parse}, @code{c_lex},
4118 and so on. @xref{Multiple Parsers, ,Multiple Parsers in the Same
4119 Program}.
4120 @end deffn
4121
4122 @ifset defaultprec
4123 @deffn {Directive} %no-default-prec
4124 Do not assign a precedence to rules lacking an explicit @code{%prec}
4125 modifier (@pxref{Contextual Precedence, ,Context-Dependent
4126 Precedence}).
4127 @end deffn
4128 @end ifset
4129
4130 @deffn {Directive} %no-parser
4131 Do not include any C code in the parser file; generate tables only. The
4132 parser file contains just @code{#define} directives and static variable
4133 declarations.
4134
4135 This option also tells Bison to write the C code for the grammar actions
4136 into a file named @file{@var{file}.act}, in the form of a
4137 brace-surrounded body fit for a @code{switch} statement.
4138 @end deffn
4139
4140 @deffn {Directive} %no-lines
4141 Don't generate any @code{#line} preprocessor commands in the parser
4142 file. Ordinarily Bison writes these commands in the parser file so that
4143 the C compiler and debuggers will associate errors and object code with
4144 your source file (the grammar file). This directive causes them to
4145 associate errors with the parser file, treating it an independent source
4146 file in its own right.
4147 @end deffn
4148
4149 @deffn {Directive} %output="@var{file}"
4150 Specify @var{file} for the parser file.
4151 @end deffn
4152
4153 @deffn {Directive} %pure-parser
4154 Request a pure (reentrant) parser program (@pxref{Pure Decl, ,A Pure
4155 (Reentrant) Parser}).
4156 @end deffn
4157
4158 @deffn {Directive} %require "@var{version}"
4159 Require version @var{version} or higher of Bison. @xref{Require Decl, ,
4160 Require a Version of Bison}.
4161 @end deffn
4162
4163 @deffn {Directive} %token-table
4164 Generate an array of token names in the parser file. The name of the
4165 array is @code{yytname}; @code{yytname[@var{i}]} is the name of the
4166 token whose internal Bison token code number is @var{i}. The first
4167 three elements of @code{yytname} correspond to the predefined tokens
4168 @code{"$end"},
4169 @code{"error"}, and @code{"$undefined"}; after these come the symbols
4170 defined in the grammar file.
4171
4172 The name in the table includes all the characters needed to represent
4173 the token in Bison. For single-character literals and literal
4174 strings, this includes the surrounding quoting characters and any
4175 escape sequences. For example, the Bison single-character literal
4176 @code{'+'} corresponds to a three-character name, represented in C as
4177 @code{"'+'"}; and the Bison two-character literal string @code{"\\/"}
4178 corresponds to a five-character name, represented in C as
4179 @code{"\"\\\\/\""}.
4180
4181 When you specify @code{%token-table}, Bison also generates macro
4182 definitions for macros @code{YYNTOKENS}, @code{YYNNTS}, and
4183 @code{YYNRULES}, and @code{YYNSTATES}:
4184
4185 @table @code
4186 @item YYNTOKENS
4187 The highest token number, plus one.
4188 @item YYNNTS
4189 The number of nonterminal symbols.
4190 @item YYNRULES
4191 The number of grammar rules,
4192 @item YYNSTATES
4193 The number of parser states (@pxref{Parser States}).
4194 @end table
4195 @end deffn
4196
4197 @deffn {Directive} %verbose
4198 Write an extra output file containing verbose descriptions of the
4199 parser states and what is done for each type of look-ahead token in
4200 that state. @xref{Understanding, , Understanding Your Parser}, for more
4201 information.
4202 @end deffn
4203
4204 @deffn {Directive} %yacc
4205 Pretend the option @option{--yacc} was given, i.e., imitate Yacc,
4206 including its naming conventions. @xref{Bison Options}, for more.
4207 @end deffn
4208
4209
4210 @node Multiple Parsers
4211 @section Multiple Parsers in the Same Program
4212
4213 Most programs that use Bison parse only one language and therefore contain
4214 only one Bison parser. But what if you want to parse more than one
4215 language with the same program? Then you need to avoid a name conflict
4216 between different definitions of @code{yyparse}, @code{yylval}, and so on.
4217
4218 The easy way to do this is to use the option @samp{-p @var{prefix}}
4219 (@pxref{Invocation, ,Invoking Bison}). This renames the interface
4220 functions and variables of the Bison parser to start with @var{prefix}
4221 instead of @samp{yy}. You can use this to give each parser distinct
4222 names that do not conflict.
4223
4224 The precise list of symbols renamed is @code{yyparse}, @code{yylex},
4225 @code{yyerror}, @code{yynerrs}, @code{yylval}, @code{yylloc},
4226 @code{yychar} and @code{yydebug}. For example, if you use @samp{-p c},
4227 the names become @code{cparse}, @code{clex}, and so on.
4228
4229 @strong{All the other variables and macros associated with Bison are not
4230 renamed.} These others are not global; there is no conflict if the same
4231 name is used in different parsers. For example, @code{YYSTYPE} is not
4232 renamed, but defining this in different ways in different parsers causes
4233 no trouble (@pxref{Value Type, ,Data Types of Semantic Values}).
4234
4235 The @samp{-p} option works by adding macro definitions to the beginning
4236 of the parser source file, defining @code{yyparse} as
4237 @code{@var{prefix}parse}, and so on. This effectively substitutes one
4238 name for the other in the entire parser file.
4239
4240 @node Interface
4241 @chapter Parser C-Language Interface
4242 @cindex C-language interface
4243 @cindex interface
4244
4245 The Bison parser is actually a C function named @code{yyparse}. Here we
4246 describe the interface conventions of @code{yyparse} and the other
4247 functions that it needs to use.
4248
4249 Keep in mind that the parser uses many C identifiers starting with
4250 @samp{yy} and @samp{YY} for internal purposes. If you use such an
4251 identifier (aside from those in this manual) in an action or in epilogue
4252 in the grammar file, you are likely to run into trouble.
4253
4254 @menu
4255 * Parser Function:: How to call @code{yyparse} and what it returns.
4256 * Lexical:: You must supply a function @code{yylex}
4257 which reads tokens.
4258 * Error Reporting:: You must supply a function @code{yyerror}.
4259 * Action Features:: Special features for use in actions.
4260 * Internationalization:: How to let the parser speak in the user's
4261 native language.
4262 @end menu
4263
4264 @node Parser Function
4265 @section The Parser Function @code{yyparse}
4266 @findex yyparse
4267
4268 You call the function @code{yyparse} to cause parsing to occur. This
4269 function reads tokens, executes actions, and ultimately returns when it
4270 encounters end-of-input or an unrecoverable syntax error. You can also
4271 write an action which directs @code{yyparse} to return immediately
4272 without reading further.
4273
4274
4275 @deftypefun int yyparse (void)
4276 The value returned by @code{yyparse} is 0 if parsing was successful (return
4277 is due to end-of-input).
4278
4279 The value is 1 if parsing failed because of invalid input, i.e., input
4280 that contains a syntax error or that causes @code{YYABORT} to be
4281 invoked.
4282
4283 The value is 2 if parsing failed due to memory exhaustion.
4284 @end deftypefun
4285
4286 In an action, you can cause immediate return from @code{yyparse} by using
4287 these macros:
4288
4289 @defmac YYACCEPT
4290 @findex YYACCEPT
4291 Return immediately with value 0 (to report success).
4292 @end defmac
4293
4294 @defmac YYABORT
4295 @findex YYABORT
4296 Return immediately with value 1 (to report failure).
4297 @end defmac
4298
4299 If you use a reentrant parser, you can optionally pass additional
4300 parameter information to it in a reentrant way. To do so, use the
4301 declaration @code{%parse-param}:
4302
4303 @deffn {Directive} %parse-param @{@var{argument-declaration}@}
4304 @findex %parse-param
4305 Declare that an argument declared by @code{argument-declaration} is an
4306 additional @code{yyparse} argument.
4307 The @var{argument-declaration} is used when declaring
4308 functions or prototypes. The last identifier in
4309 @var{argument-declaration} must be the argument name.
4310 @end deffn
4311
4312 Here's an example. Write this in the parser:
4313
4314 @example
4315 %parse-param @{int *nastiness@}
4316 %parse-param @{int *randomness@}
4317 @end example
4318
4319 @noindent
4320 Then call the parser like this:
4321
4322 @example
4323 @{
4324 int nastiness, randomness;
4325 @dots{} /* @r{Store proper data in @code{nastiness} and @code{randomness}.} */
4326 value = yyparse (&nastiness, &randomness);
4327 @dots{}
4328 @}
4329 @end example
4330
4331 @noindent
4332 In the grammar actions, use expressions like this to refer to the data:
4333
4334 @example
4335 exp: @dots{} @{ @dots{}; *randomness += 1; @dots{} @}
4336 @end example
4337
4338
4339 @node Lexical
4340 @section The Lexical Analyzer Function @code{yylex}
4341 @findex yylex
4342 @cindex lexical analyzer
4343
4344 The @dfn{lexical analyzer} function, @code{yylex}, recognizes tokens from
4345 the input stream and returns them to the parser. Bison does not create
4346 this function automatically; you must write it so that @code{yyparse} can
4347 call it. The function is sometimes referred to as a lexical scanner.
4348
4349 In simple programs, @code{yylex} is often defined at the end of the Bison
4350 grammar file. If @code{yylex} is defined in a separate source file, you
4351 need to arrange for the token-type macro definitions to be available there.
4352 To do this, use the @samp{-d} option when you run Bison, so that it will
4353 write these macro definitions into a separate header file
4354 @file{@var{name}.tab.h} which you can include in the other source files
4355 that need it. @xref{Invocation, ,Invoking Bison}.
4356
4357 @menu
4358 * Calling Convention:: How @code{yyparse} calls @code{yylex}.
4359 * Token Values:: How @code{yylex} must return the semantic value
4360 of the token it has read.
4361 * Token Locations:: How @code{yylex} must return the text location
4362 (line number, etc.) of the token, if the
4363 actions want that.
4364 * Pure Calling:: How the calling convention differs
4365 in a pure parser (@pxref{Pure Decl, ,A Pure (Reentrant) Parser}).
4366 @end menu
4367
4368 @node Calling Convention
4369 @subsection Calling Convention for @code{yylex}
4370
4371 The value that @code{yylex} returns must be the positive numeric code
4372 for the type of token it has just found; a zero or negative value
4373 signifies end-of-input.
4374
4375 When a token is referred to in the grammar rules by a name, that name
4376 in the parser file becomes a C macro whose definition is the proper
4377 numeric code for that token type. So @code{yylex} can use the name
4378 to indicate that type. @xref{Symbols}.
4379
4380 When a token is referred to in the grammar rules by a character literal,
4381 the numeric code for that character is also the code for the token type.
4382 So @code{yylex} can simply return that character code, possibly converted
4383 to @code{unsigned char} to avoid sign-extension. The null character
4384 must not be used this way, because its code is zero and that
4385 signifies end-of-input.
4386
4387 Here is an example showing these things:
4388
4389 @example
4390 int
4391 yylex (void)
4392 @{
4393 @dots{}
4394 if (c == EOF) /* Detect end-of-input. */
4395 return 0;
4396 @dots{}
4397 if (c == '+' || c == '-')
4398 return c; /* Assume token type for `+' is '+'. */
4399 @dots{}
4400 return INT; /* Return the type of the token. */
4401 @dots{}
4402 @}
4403 @end example
4404
4405 @noindent
4406 This interface has been designed so that the output from the @code{lex}
4407 utility can be used without change as the definition of @code{yylex}.
4408
4409 If the grammar uses literal string tokens, there are two ways that
4410 @code{yylex} can determine the token type codes for them:
4411
4412 @itemize @bullet
4413 @item
4414 If the grammar defines symbolic token names as aliases for the
4415 literal string tokens, @code{yylex} can use these symbolic names like
4416 all others. In this case, the use of the literal string tokens in
4417 the grammar file has no effect on @code{yylex}.
4418
4419 @item
4420 @code{yylex} can find the multicharacter token in the @code{yytname}
4421 table. The index of the token in the table is the token type's code.
4422 The name of a multicharacter token is recorded in @code{yytname} with a
4423 double-quote, the token's characters, and another double-quote. The
4424 token's characters are escaped as necessary to be suitable as input
4425 to Bison.
4426
4427 Here's code for looking up a multicharacter token in @code{yytname},
4428 assuming that the characters of the token are stored in
4429 @code{token_buffer}, and assuming that the token does not contain any
4430 characters like @samp{"} that require escaping.
4431
4432 @smallexample
4433 for (i = 0; i < YYNTOKENS; i++)
4434 @{
4435 if (yytname[i] != 0
4436 && yytname[i][0] == '"'
4437 && ! strncmp (yytname[i] + 1, token_buffer,
4438 strlen (token_buffer))
4439 && yytname[i][strlen (token_buffer) + 1] == '"'
4440 && yytname[i][strlen (token_buffer) + 2] == 0)
4441 break;
4442 @}
4443 @end smallexample
4444
4445 The @code{yytname} table is generated only if you use the
4446 @code{%token-table} declaration. @xref{Decl Summary}.
4447 @end itemize
4448
4449 @node Token Values
4450 @subsection Semantic Values of Tokens
4451
4452 @vindex yylval
4453 In an ordinary (nonreentrant) parser, the semantic value of the token must
4454 be stored into the global variable @code{yylval}. When you are using
4455 just one data type for semantic values, @code{yylval} has that type.
4456 Thus, if the type is @code{int} (the default), you might write this in
4457 @code{yylex}:
4458
4459 @example
4460 @group
4461 @dots{}
4462 yylval = value; /* Put value onto Bison stack. */
4463 return INT; /* Return the type of the token. */
4464 @dots{}
4465 @end group
4466 @end example
4467
4468 When you are using multiple data types, @code{yylval}'s type is a union
4469 made from the @code{%union} declaration (@pxref{Union Decl, ,The
4470 Collection of Value Types}). So when you store a token's value, you
4471 must use the proper member of the union. If the @code{%union}
4472 declaration looks like this:
4473
4474 @example
4475 @group
4476 %union @{
4477 int intval;
4478 double val;
4479 symrec *tptr;
4480 @}
4481 @end group
4482 @end example
4483
4484 @noindent
4485 then the code in @code{yylex} might look like this:
4486
4487 @example
4488 @group
4489 @dots{}
4490 yylval.intval = value; /* Put value onto Bison stack. */
4491 return INT; /* Return the type of the token. */
4492 @dots{}
4493 @end group
4494 @end example
4495
4496 @node Token Locations
4497 @subsection Textual Locations of Tokens
4498
4499 @vindex yylloc
4500 If you are using the @samp{@@@var{n}}-feature (@pxref{Locations, ,
4501 Tracking Locations}) in actions to keep track of the textual locations
4502 of tokens and groupings, then you must provide this information in
4503 @code{yylex}. The function @code{yyparse} expects to find the textual
4504 location of a token just parsed in the global variable @code{yylloc}.
4505 So @code{yylex} must store the proper data in that variable.
4506
4507 By default, the value of @code{yylloc} is a structure and you need only
4508 initialize the members that are going to be used by the actions. The
4509 four members are called @code{first_line}, @code{first_column},
4510 @code{last_line} and @code{last_column}. Note that the use of this
4511 feature makes the parser noticeably slower.
4512
4513 @tindex YYLTYPE
4514 The data type of @code{yylloc} has the name @code{YYLTYPE}.
4515
4516 @node Pure Calling
4517 @subsection Calling Conventions for Pure Parsers
4518
4519 When you use the Bison declaration @code{%pure-parser} to request a
4520 pure, reentrant parser, the global communication variables @code{yylval}
4521 and @code{yylloc} cannot be used. (@xref{Pure Decl, ,A Pure (Reentrant)
4522 Parser}.) In such parsers the two global variables are replaced by
4523 pointers passed as arguments to @code{yylex}. You must declare them as
4524 shown here, and pass the information back by storing it through those
4525 pointers.
4526
4527 @example
4528 int
4529 yylex (YYSTYPE *lvalp, YYLTYPE *llocp)
4530 @{
4531 @dots{}
4532 *lvalp = value; /* Put value onto Bison stack. */
4533 return INT; /* Return the type of the token. */
4534 @dots{}
4535 @}
4536 @end example
4537
4538 If the grammar file does not use the @samp{@@} constructs to refer to
4539 textual locations, then the type @code{YYLTYPE} will not be defined. In
4540 this case, omit the second argument; @code{yylex} will be called with
4541 only one argument.
4542
4543
4544 If you wish to pass the additional parameter data to @code{yylex}, use
4545 @code{%lex-param} just like @code{%parse-param} (@pxref{Parser
4546 Function}).
4547
4548 @deffn {Directive} lex-param @{@var{argument-declaration}@}
4549 @findex %lex-param
4550 Declare that @code{argument-declaration} is an additional @code{yylex}
4551 argument declaration.
4552 @end deffn
4553
4554 For instance:
4555
4556 @example
4557 %parse-param @{int *nastiness@}
4558 %lex-param @{int *nastiness@}
4559 %parse-param @{int *randomness@}
4560 @end example
4561
4562 @noindent
4563 results in the following signature:
4564
4565 @example
4566 int yylex (int *nastiness);
4567 int yyparse (int *nastiness, int *randomness);
4568 @end example
4569
4570 If @code{%pure-parser} is added:
4571
4572 @example
4573 int yylex (YYSTYPE *lvalp, int *nastiness);
4574 int yyparse (int *nastiness, int *randomness);
4575 @end example
4576
4577 @noindent
4578 and finally, if both @code{%pure-parser} and @code{%locations} are used:
4579
4580 @example
4581 int yylex (YYSTYPE *lvalp, YYLTYPE *llocp, int *nastiness);
4582 int yyparse (int *nastiness, int *randomness);
4583 @end example
4584
4585 @node Error Reporting
4586 @section The Error Reporting Function @code{yyerror}
4587 @cindex error reporting function
4588 @findex yyerror
4589 @cindex parse error
4590 @cindex syntax error
4591
4592 The Bison parser detects a @dfn{syntax error} or @dfn{parse error}
4593 whenever it reads a token which cannot satisfy any syntax rule. An
4594 action in the grammar can also explicitly proclaim an error, using the
4595 macro @code{YYERROR} (@pxref{Action Features, ,Special Features for Use
4596 in Actions}).
4597
4598 The Bison parser expects to report the error by calling an error
4599 reporting function named @code{yyerror}, which you must supply. It is
4600 called by @code{yyparse} whenever a syntax error is found, and it
4601 receives one argument. For a syntax error, the string is normally
4602 @w{@code{"syntax error"}}.
4603
4604 @findex %error-verbose
4605 If you invoke the directive @code{%error-verbose} in the Bison
4606 declarations section (@pxref{Bison Declarations, ,The Bison Declarations
4607 Section}), then Bison provides a more verbose and specific error message
4608 string instead of just plain @w{@code{"syntax error"}}.
4609
4610 The parser can detect one other kind of error: memory exhaustion. This
4611 can happen when the input contains constructions that are very deeply
4612 nested. It isn't likely you will encounter this, since the Bison
4613 parser normally extends its stack automatically up to a very large limit. But
4614 if memory is exhausted, @code{yyparse} calls @code{yyerror} in the usual
4615 fashion, except that the argument string is @w{@code{"memory exhausted"}}.
4616
4617 In some cases diagnostics like @w{@code{"syntax error"}} are
4618 translated automatically from English to some other language before
4619 they are passed to @code{yyerror}. @xref{Internationalization}.
4620
4621 The following definition suffices in simple programs:
4622
4623 @example
4624 @group
4625 void
4626 yyerror (char const *s)
4627 @{
4628 @end group
4629 @group
4630 fprintf (stderr, "%s\n", s);
4631 @}
4632 @end group
4633 @end example
4634
4635 After @code{yyerror} returns to @code{yyparse}, the latter will attempt
4636 error recovery if you have written suitable error recovery grammar rules
4637 (@pxref{Error Recovery}). If recovery is impossible, @code{yyparse} will
4638 immediately return 1.
4639
4640 Obviously, in location tracking pure parsers, @code{yyerror} should have
4641 an access to the current location.
4642 This is indeed the case for the @acronym{GLR}
4643 parsers, but not for the Yacc parser, for historical reasons. I.e., if
4644 @samp{%locations %pure-parser} is passed then the prototypes for
4645 @code{yyerror} are:
4646
4647 @example
4648 void yyerror (char const *msg); /* Yacc parsers. */
4649 void yyerror (YYLTYPE *locp, char const *msg); /* GLR parsers. */
4650 @end example
4651
4652 If @samp{%parse-param @{int *nastiness@}} is used, then:
4653
4654 @example
4655 void yyerror (int *nastiness, char const *msg); /* Yacc parsers. */
4656 void yyerror (int *nastiness, char const *msg); /* GLR parsers. */
4657 @end example
4658
4659 Finally, @acronym{GLR} and Yacc parsers share the same @code{yyerror} calling
4660 convention for absolutely pure parsers, i.e., when the calling
4661 convention of @code{yylex} @emph{and} the calling convention of
4662 @code{%pure-parser} are pure. I.e.:
4663
4664 @example
4665 /* Location tracking. */
4666 %locations
4667 /* Pure yylex. */
4668 %pure-parser
4669 %lex-param @{int *nastiness@}
4670 /* Pure yyparse. */
4671 %parse-param @{int *nastiness@}
4672 %parse-param @{int *randomness@}
4673 @end example
4674
4675 @noindent
4676 results in the following signatures for all the parser kinds:
4677
4678 @example
4679 int yylex (YYSTYPE *lvalp, YYLTYPE *llocp, int *nastiness);
4680 int yyparse (int *nastiness, int *randomness);
4681 void yyerror (YYLTYPE *locp,
4682 int *nastiness, int *randomness,
4683 char const *msg);
4684 @end example
4685
4686 @noindent
4687 The prototypes are only indications of how the code produced by Bison
4688 uses @code{yyerror}. Bison-generated code always ignores the returned
4689 value, so @code{yyerror} can return any type, including @code{void}.
4690 Also, @code{yyerror} can be a variadic function; that is why the
4691 message is always passed last.
4692
4693 Traditionally @code{yyerror} returns an @code{int} that is always
4694 ignored, but this is purely for historical reasons, and @code{void} is
4695 preferable since it more accurately describes the return type for
4696 @code{yyerror}.
4697
4698 @vindex yynerrs
4699 The variable @code{yynerrs} contains the number of syntax errors
4700 reported so far. Normally this variable is global; but if you
4701 request a pure parser (@pxref{Pure Decl, ,A Pure (Reentrant) Parser})
4702 then it is a local variable which only the actions can access.
4703
4704 @node Action Features
4705 @section Special Features for Use in Actions
4706 @cindex summary, action features
4707 @cindex action features summary
4708
4709 Here is a table of Bison constructs, variables and macros that
4710 are useful in actions.
4711
4712 @deffn {Variable} $$
4713 Acts like a variable that contains the semantic value for the
4714 grouping made by the current rule. @xref{Actions}.
4715 @end deffn
4716
4717 @deffn {Variable} $@var{n}
4718 Acts like a variable that contains the semantic value for the
4719 @var{n}th component of the current rule. @xref{Actions}.
4720 @end deffn
4721
4722 @deffn {Variable} $<@var{typealt}>$
4723 Like @code{$$} but specifies alternative @var{typealt} in the union
4724 specified by the @code{%union} declaration. @xref{Action Types, ,Data
4725 Types of Values in Actions}.
4726 @end deffn
4727
4728 @deffn {Variable} $<@var{typealt}>@var{n}
4729 Like @code{$@var{n}} but specifies alternative @var{typealt} in the
4730 union specified by the @code{%union} declaration.
4731 @xref{Action Types, ,Data Types of Values in Actions}.
4732 @end deffn
4733
4734 @deffn {Macro} YYABORT;
4735 Return immediately from @code{yyparse}, indicating failure.
4736 @xref{Parser Function, ,The Parser Function @code{yyparse}}.
4737 @end deffn
4738
4739 @deffn {Macro} YYACCEPT;
4740 Return immediately from @code{yyparse}, indicating success.
4741 @xref{Parser Function, ,The Parser Function @code{yyparse}}.
4742 @end deffn
4743
4744 @deffn {Macro} YYBACKUP (@var{token}, @var{value});
4745 @findex YYBACKUP
4746 Unshift a token. This macro is allowed only for rules that reduce
4747 a single value, and only when there is no look-ahead token.
4748 It is also disallowed in @acronym{GLR} parsers.
4749 It installs a look-ahead token with token type @var{token} and
4750 semantic value @var{value}; then it discards the value that was
4751 going to be reduced by this rule.
4752
4753 If the macro is used when it is not valid, such as when there is
4754 a look-ahead token already, then it reports a syntax error with
4755 a message @samp{cannot back up} and performs ordinary error
4756 recovery.
4757
4758 In either case, the rest of the action is not executed.
4759 @end deffn
4760
4761 @deffn {Macro} YYEMPTY
4762 @vindex YYEMPTY
4763 Value stored in @code{yychar} when there is no look-ahead token.
4764 @end deffn
4765
4766 @deffn {Macro} YYERROR;
4767 @findex YYERROR
4768 Cause an immediate syntax error. This statement initiates error
4769 recovery just as if the parser itself had detected an error; however, it
4770 does not call @code{yyerror}, and does not print any message. If you
4771 want to print an error message, call @code{yyerror} explicitly before
4772 the @samp{YYERROR;} statement. @xref{Error Recovery}.
4773 @end deffn
4774
4775 @deffn {Macro} YYRECOVERING
4776 This macro stands for an expression that has the value 1 when the parser
4777 is recovering from a syntax error, and 0 the rest of the time.
4778 @xref{Error Recovery}.
4779 @end deffn
4780
4781 @deffn {Variable} yychar
4782 Variable containing the current look-ahead token. (In a pure parser,
4783 this is actually a local variable within @code{yyparse}.) When there is
4784 no look-ahead token, the value @code{YYEMPTY} is stored in the variable.
4785 @xref{Look-Ahead, ,Look-Ahead Tokens}.
4786 @end deffn
4787
4788 @deffn {Macro} yyclearin;
4789 Discard the current look-ahead token. This is useful primarily in
4790 error rules. @xref{Error Recovery}.
4791 @end deffn
4792
4793 @deffn {Macro} yyerrok;
4794 Resume generating error messages immediately for subsequent syntax
4795 errors. This is useful primarily in error rules.
4796 @xref{Error Recovery}.
4797 @end deffn
4798
4799 @deffn {Value} @@$
4800 @findex @@$
4801 Acts like a structure variable containing information on the textual location
4802 of the grouping made by the current rule. @xref{Locations, ,
4803 Tracking Locations}.
4804
4805 @c Check if those paragraphs are still useful or not.
4806
4807 @c @example
4808 @c struct @{
4809 @c int first_line, last_line;
4810 @c int first_column, last_column;
4811 @c @};
4812 @c @end example
4813
4814 @c Thus, to get the starting line number of the third component, you would
4815 @c use @samp{@@3.first_line}.
4816
4817 @c In order for the members of this structure to contain valid information,
4818 @c you must make @code{yylex} supply this information about each token.
4819 @c If you need only certain members, then @code{yylex} need only fill in
4820 @c those members.
4821
4822 @c The use of this feature makes the parser noticeably slower.
4823 @end deffn
4824
4825 @deffn {Value} @@@var{n}
4826 @findex @@@var{n}
4827 Acts like a structure variable containing information on the textual location
4828 of the @var{n}th component of the current rule. @xref{Locations, ,
4829 Tracking Locations}.
4830 @end deffn
4831
4832 @node Internationalization
4833 @section Parser Internationalization
4834 @cindex internationalization
4835 @cindex i18n
4836 @cindex NLS
4837 @cindex gettext
4838 @cindex bison-po
4839
4840 A Bison-generated parser can print diagnostics, including error and
4841 tracing messages. By default, they appear in English. However, Bison
4842 also supports outputting diagnostics in the user's native language. To
4843 make this work, the user should set the usual environment variables.
4844 @xref{Users, , The User's View, gettext, GNU @code{gettext} utilities}.
4845 For example, the shell command @samp{export LC_ALL=fr_CA.UTF-8} might
4846 set the user's locale to French Canadian using the @acronym{UTF}-8
4847 encoding. The exact set of available locales depends on the user's
4848 installation.
4849
4850 The maintainer of a package that uses a Bison-generated parser enables
4851 the internationalization of the parser's output through the following
4852 steps. Here we assume a package that uses @acronym{GNU} Autoconf and
4853 @acronym{GNU} Automake.
4854
4855 @enumerate
4856 @item
4857 @cindex bison-i18n.m4
4858 Into the directory containing the @acronym{GNU} Autoconf macros used
4859 by the package---often called @file{m4}---copy the
4860 @file{bison-i18n.m4} file installed by Bison under
4861 @samp{share/aclocal/bison-i18n.m4} in Bison's installation directory.
4862 For example:
4863
4864 @example
4865 cp /usr/local/share/aclocal/bison-i18n.m4 m4/bison-i18n.m4
4866 @end example
4867
4868 @item
4869 @findex BISON_I18N
4870 @vindex BISON_LOCALEDIR
4871 @vindex YYENABLE_NLS
4872 In the top-level @file{configure.ac}, after the @code{AM_GNU_GETTEXT}
4873 invocation, add an invocation of @code{BISON_I18N}. This macro is
4874 defined in the file @file{bison-i18n.m4} that you copied earlier. It
4875 causes @samp{configure} to find the value of the
4876 @code{BISON_LOCALEDIR} variable, and it defines the source-language
4877 symbol @code{YYENABLE_NLS} to enable translations in the
4878 Bison-generated parser.
4879
4880 @item
4881 In the @code{main} function of your program, designate the directory
4882 containing Bison's runtime message catalog, through a call to
4883 @samp{bindtextdomain} with domain name @samp{bison-runtime}.
4884 For example:
4885
4886 @example
4887 bindtextdomain ("bison-runtime", BISON_LOCALEDIR);
4888 @end example
4889
4890 Typically this appears after any other call @code{bindtextdomain
4891 (PACKAGE, LOCALEDIR)} that your package already has. Here we rely on
4892 @samp{BISON_LOCALEDIR} to be defined as a string through the
4893 @file{Makefile}.
4894
4895 @item
4896 In the @file{Makefile.am} that controls the compilation of the @code{main}
4897 function, make @samp{BISON_LOCALEDIR} available as a C preprocessor macro,
4898 either in @samp{DEFS} or in @samp{AM_CPPFLAGS}. For example:
4899
4900 @example
4901 DEFS = @@DEFS@@ -DBISON_LOCALEDIR='"$(BISON_LOCALEDIR)"'
4902 @end example
4903
4904 or:
4905
4906 @example
4907 AM_CPPFLAGS = -DBISON_LOCALEDIR='"$(BISON_LOCALEDIR)"'
4908 @end example
4909
4910 @item
4911 Finally, invoke the command @command{autoreconf} to generate the build
4912 infrastructure.
4913 @end enumerate
4914
4915
4916 @node Algorithm
4917 @chapter The Bison Parser Algorithm
4918 @cindex Bison parser algorithm
4919 @cindex algorithm of parser
4920 @cindex shifting
4921 @cindex reduction
4922 @cindex parser stack
4923 @cindex stack, parser
4924
4925 As Bison reads tokens, it pushes them onto a stack along with their
4926 semantic values. The stack is called the @dfn{parser stack}. Pushing a
4927 token is traditionally called @dfn{shifting}.
4928
4929 For example, suppose the infix calculator has read @samp{1 + 5 *}, with a
4930 @samp{3} to come. The stack will have four elements, one for each token
4931 that was shifted.
4932
4933 But the stack does not always have an element for each token read. When
4934 the last @var{n} tokens and groupings shifted match the components of a
4935 grammar rule, they can be combined according to that rule. This is called
4936 @dfn{reduction}. Those tokens and groupings are replaced on the stack by a
4937 single grouping whose symbol is the result (left hand side) of that rule.
4938 Running the rule's action is part of the process of reduction, because this
4939 is what computes the semantic value of the resulting grouping.
4940
4941 For example, if the infix calculator's parser stack contains this:
4942
4943 @example
4944 1 + 5 * 3
4945 @end example
4946
4947 @noindent
4948 and the next input token is a newline character, then the last three
4949 elements can be reduced to 15 via the rule:
4950
4951 @example
4952 expr: expr '*' expr;
4953 @end example
4954
4955 @noindent
4956 Then the stack contains just these three elements:
4957
4958 @example
4959 1 + 15
4960 @end example
4961
4962 @noindent
4963 At this point, another reduction can be made, resulting in the single value
4964 16. Then the newline token can be shifted.
4965
4966 The parser tries, by shifts and reductions, to reduce the entire input down
4967 to a single grouping whose symbol is the grammar's start-symbol
4968 (@pxref{Language and Grammar, ,Languages and Context-Free Grammars}).
4969
4970 This kind of parser is known in the literature as a bottom-up parser.
4971
4972 @menu
4973 * Look-Ahead:: Parser looks one token ahead when deciding what to do.
4974 * Shift/Reduce:: Conflicts: when either shifting or reduction is valid.
4975 * Precedence:: Operator precedence works by resolving conflicts.
4976 * Contextual Precedence:: When an operator's precedence depends on context.
4977 * Parser States:: The parser is a finite-state-machine with stack.
4978 * Reduce/Reduce:: When two rules are applicable in the same situation.
4979 * Mystery Conflicts:: Reduce/reduce conflicts that look unjustified.
4980 * Generalized LR Parsing:: Parsing arbitrary context-free grammars.
4981 * Memory Management:: What happens when memory is exhausted. How to avoid it.
4982 @end menu
4983
4984 @node Look-Ahead
4985 @section Look-Ahead Tokens
4986 @cindex look-ahead token
4987
4988 The Bison parser does @emph{not} always reduce immediately as soon as the
4989 last @var{n} tokens and groupings match a rule. This is because such a
4990 simple strategy is inadequate to handle most languages. Instead, when a
4991 reduction is possible, the parser sometimes ``looks ahead'' at the next
4992 token in order to decide what to do.
4993
4994 When a token is read, it is not immediately shifted; first it becomes the
4995 @dfn{look-ahead token}, which is not on the stack. Now the parser can
4996 perform one or more reductions of tokens and groupings on the stack, while
4997 the look-ahead token remains off to the side. When no more reductions
4998 should take place, the look-ahead token is shifted onto the stack. This
4999 does not mean that all possible reductions have been done; depending on the
5000 token type of the look-ahead token, some rules may choose to delay their
5001 application.
5002
5003 Here is a simple case where look-ahead is needed. These three rules define
5004 expressions which contain binary addition operators and postfix unary
5005 factorial operators (@samp{!}), and allow parentheses for grouping.
5006
5007 @example
5008 @group
5009 expr: term '+' expr
5010 | term
5011 ;
5012 @end group
5013
5014 @group
5015 term: '(' expr ')'
5016 | term '!'
5017 | NUMBER
5018 ;
5019 @end group
5020 @end example
5021
5022 Suppose that the tokens @w{@samp{1 + 2}} have been read and shifted; what
5023 should be done? If the following token is @samp{)}, then the first three
5024 tokens must be reduced to form an @code{expr}. This is the only valid
5025 course, because shifting the @samp{)} would produce a sequence of symbols
5026 @w{@code{term ')'}}, and no rule allows this.
5027
5028 If the following token is @samp{!}, then it must be shifted immediately so
5029 that @w{@samp{2 !}} can be reduced to make a @code{term}. If instead the
5030 parser were to reduce before shifting, @w{@samp{1 + 2}} would become an
5031 @code{expr}. It would then be impossible to shift the @samp{!} because
5032 doing so would produce on the stack the sequence of symbols @code{expr
5033 '!'}. No rule allows that sequence.
5034
5035 @vindex yychar
5036 The current look-ahead token is stored in the variable @code{yychar}.
5037 @xref{Action Features, ,Special Features for Use in Actions}.
5038
5039 @node Shift/Reduce
5040 @section Shift/Reduce Conflicts
5041 @cindex conflicts
5042 @cindex shift/reduce conflicts
5043 @cindex dangling @code{else}
5044 @cindex @code{else}, dangling
5045
5046 Suppose we are parsing a language which has if-then and if-then-else
5047 statements, with a pair of rules like this:
5048
5049 @example
5050 @group
5051 if_stmt:
5052 IF expr THEN stmt
5053 | IF expr THEN stmt ELSE stmt
5054 ;
5055 @end group
5056 @end example
5057
5058 @noindent
5059 Here we assume that @code{IF}, @code{THEN} and @code{ELSE} are
5060 terminal symbols for specific keyword tokens.
5061
5062 When the @code{ELSE} token is read and becomes the look-ahead token, the
5063 contents of the stack (assuming the input is valid) are just right for
5064 reduction by the first rule. But it is also legitimate to shift the
5065 @code{ELSE}, because that would lead to eventual reduction by the second
5066 rule.
5067
5068 This situation, where either a shift or a reduction would be valid, is
5069 called a @dfn{shift/reduce conflict}. Bison is designed to resolve
5070 these conflicts by choosing to shift, unless otherwise directed by
5071 operator precedence declarations. To see the reason for this, let's
5072 contrast it with the other alternative.
5073
5074 Since the parser prefers to shift the @code{ELSE}, the result is to attach
5075 the else-clause to the innermost if-statement, making these two inputs
5076 equivalent:
5077
5078 @example
5079 if x then if y then win (); else lose;
5080
5081 if x then do; if y then win (); else lose; end;
5082 @end example
5083
5084 But if the parser chose to reduce when possible rather than shift, the
5085 result would be to attach the else-clause to the outermost if-statement,
5086 making these two inputs equivalent:
5087
5088 @example
5089 if x then if y then win (); else lose;
5090
5091 if x then do; if y then win (); end; else lose;
5092 @end example
5093
5094 The conflict exists because the grammar as written is ambiguous: either
5095 parsing of the simple nested if-statement is legitimate. The established
5096 convention is that these ambiguities are resolved by attaching the
5097 else-clause to the innermost if-statement; this is what Bison accomplishes
5098 by choosing to shift rather than reduce. (It would ideally be cleaner to
5099 write an unambiguous grammar, but that is very hard to do in this case.)
5100 This particular ambiguity was first encountered in the specifications of
5101 Algol 60 and is called the ``dangling @code{else}'' ambiguity.
5102
5103 To avoid warnings from Bison about predictable, legitimate shift/reduce
5104 conflicts, use the @code{%expect @var{n}} declaration. There will be no
5105 warning as long as the number of shift/reduce conflicts is exactly @var{n}.
5106 @xref{Expect Decl, ,Suppressing Conflict Warnings}.
5107
5108 The definition of @code{if_stmt} above is solely to blame for the
5109 conflict, but the conflict does not actually appear without additional
5110 rules. Here is a complete Bison input file that actually manifests the
5111 conflict:
5112
5113 @example
5114 @group
5115 %token IF THEN ELSE variable
5116 %%
5117 @end group
5118 @group
5119 stmt: expr
5120 | if_stmt
5121 ;
5122 @end group
5123
5124 @group
5125 if_stmt:
5126 IF expr THEN stmt
5127 | IF expr THEN stmt ELSE stmt
5128 ;
5129 @end group
5130
5131 expr: variable
5132 ;
5133 @end example
5134
5135 @node Precedence
5136 @section Operator Precedence
5137 @cindex operator precedence
5138 @cindex precedence of operators
5139
5140 Another situation where shift/reduce conflicts appear is in arithmetic
5141 expressions. Here shifting is not always the preferred resolution; the
5142 Bison declarations for operator precedence allow you to specify when to
5143 shift and when to reduce.
5144
5145 @menu
5146 * Why Precedence:: An example showing why precedence is needed.
5147 * Using Precedence:: How to specify precedence in Bison grammars.
5148 * Precedence Examples:: How these features are used in the previous example.
5149 * How Precedence:: How they work.
5150 @end menu
5151
5152 @node Why Precedence
5153 @subsection When Precedence is Needed
5154
5155 Consider the following ambiguous grammar fragment (ambiguous because the
5156 input @w{@samp{1 - 2 * 3}} can be parsed in two different ways):
5157
5158 @example
5159 @group
5160 expr: expr '-' expr
5161 | expr '*' expr
5162 | expr '<' expr
5163 | '(' expr ')'
5164 @dots{}
5165 ;
5166 @end group
5167 @end example
5168
5169 @noindent
5170 Suppose the parser has seen the tokens @samp{1}, @samp{-} and @samp{2};
5171 should it reduce them via the rule for the subtraction operator? It
5172 depends on the next token. Of course, if the next token is @samp{)}, we
5173 must reduce; shifting is invalid because no single rule can reduce the
5174 token sequence @w{@samp{- 2 )}} or anything starting with that. But if
5175 the next token is @samp{*} or @samp{<}, we have a choice: either
5176 shifting or reduction would allow the parse to complete, but with
5177 different results.
5178
5179 To decide which one Bison should do, we must consider the results. If
5180 the next operator token @var{op} is shifted, then it must be reduced
5181 first in order to permit another opportunity to reduce the difference.
5182 The result is (in effect) @w{@samp{1 - (2 @var{op} 3)}}. On the other
5183 hand, if the subtraction is reduced before shifting @var{op}, the result
5184 is @w{@samp{(1 - 2) @var{op} 3}}. Clearly, then, the choice of shift or
5185 reduce should depend on the relative precedence of the operators
5186 @samp{-} and @var{op}: @samp{*} should be shifted first, but not
5187 @samp{<}.
5188
5189 @cindex associativity
5190 What about input such as @w{@samp{1 - 2 - 5}}; should this be
5191 @w{@samp{(1 - 2) - 5}} or should it be @w{@samp{1 - (2 - 5)}}? For most
5192 operators we prefer the former, which is called @dfn{left association}.
5193 The latter alternative, @dfn{right association}, is desirable for
5194 assignment operators. The choice of left or right association is a
5195 matter of whether the parser chooses to shift or reduce when the stack
5196 contains @w{@samp{1 - 2}} and the look-ahead token is @samp{-}: shifting
5197 makes right-associativity.
5198
5199 @node Using Precedence
5200 @subsection Specifying Operator Precedence
5201 @findex %left
5202 @findex %right
5203 @findex %nonassoc
5204
5205 Bison allows you to specify these choices with the operator precedence
5206 declarations @code{%left} and @code{%right}. Each such declaration
5207 contains a list of tokens, which are operators whose precedence and
5208 associativity is being declared. The @code{%left} declaration makes all
5209 those operators left-associative and the @code{%right} declaration makes
5210 them right-associative. A third alternative is @code{%nonassoc}, which
5211 declares that it is a syntax error to find the same operator twice ``in a
5212 row''.
5213
5214 The relative precedence of different operators is controlled by the
5215 order in which they are declared. The first @code{%left} or
5216 @code{%right} declaration in the file declares the operators whose
5217 precedence is lowest, the next such declaration declares the operators
5218 whose precedence is a little higher, and so on.
5219
5220 @node Precedence Examples
5221 @subsection Precedence Examples
5222
5223 In our example, we would want the following declarations:
5224
5225 @example
5226 %left '<'
5227 %left '-'
5228 %left '*'
5229 @end example
5230
5231 In a more complete example, which supports other operators as well, we
5232 would declare them in groups of equal precedence. For example, @code{'+'} is
5233 declared with @code{'-'}:
5234
5235 @example
5236 %left '<' '>' '=' NE LE GE
5237 %left '+' '-'
5238 %left '*' '/'
5239 @end example
5240
5241 @noindent
5242 (Here @code{NE} and so on stand for the operators for ``not equal''
5243 and so on. We assume that these tokens are more than one character long
5244 and therefore are represented by names, not character literals.)
5245
5246 @node How Precedence
5247 @subsection How Precedence Works
5248
5249 The first effect of the precedence declarations is to assign precedence
5250 levels to the terminal symbols declared. The second effect is to assign
5251 precedence levels to certain rules: each rule gets its precedence from
5252 the last terminal symbol mentioned in the components. (You can also
5253 specify explicitly the precedence of a rule. @xref{Contextual
5254 Precedence, ,Context-Dependent Precedence}.)
5255
5256 Finally, the resolution of conflicts works by comparing the precedence
5257 of the rule being considered with that of the look-ahead token. If the
5258 token's precedence is higher, the choice is to shift. If the rule's
5259 precedence is higher, the choice is to reduce. If they have equal
5260 precedence, the choice is made based on the associativity of that
5261 precedence level. The verbose output file made by @samp{-v}
5262 (@pxref{Invocation, ,Invoking Bison}) says how each conflict was
5263 resolved.
5264
5265 Not all rules and not all tokens have precedence. If either the rule or
5266 the look-ahead token has no precedence, then the default is to shift.
5267
5268 @node Contextual Precedence
5269 @section Context-Dependent Precedence
5270 @cindex context-dependent precedence
5271 @cindex unary operator precedence
5272 @cindex precedence, context-dependent
5273 @cindex precedence, unary operator
5274 @findex %prec
5275
5276 Often the precedence of an operator depends on the context. This sounds
5277 outlandish at first, but it is really very common. For example, a minus
5278 sign typically has a very high precedence as a unary operator, and a
5279 somewhat lower precedence (lower than multiplication) as a binary operator.
5280
5281 The Bison precedence declarations, @code{%left}, @code{%right} and
5282 @code{%nonassoc}, can only be used once for a given token; so a token has
5283 only one precedence declared in this way. For context-dependent
5284 precedence, you need to use an additional mechanism: the @code{%prec}
5285 modifier for rules.
5286
5287 The @code{%prec} modifier declares the precedence of a particular rule by
5288 specifying a terminal symbol whose precedence should be used for that rule.
5289 It's not necessary for that symbol to appear otherwise in the rule. The
5290 modifier's syntax is:
5291
5292 @example
5293 %prec @var{terminal-symbol}
5294 @end example
5295
5296 @noindent
5297 and it is written after the components of the rule. Its effect is to
5298 assign the rule the precedence of @var{terminal-symbol}, overriding
5299 the precedence that would be deduced for it in the ordinary way. The
5300 altered rule precedence then affects how conflicts involving that rule
5301 are resolved (@pxref{Precedence, ,Operator Precedence}).
5302
5303 Here is how @code{%prec} solves the problem of unary minus. First, declare
5304 a precedence for a fictitious terminal symbol named @code{UMINUS}. There
5305 are no tokens of this type, but the symbol serves to stand for its
5306 precedence:
5307
5308 @example
5309 @dots{}
5310 %left '+' '-'
5311 %left '*'
5312 %left UMINUS
5313 @end example
5314
5315 Now the precedence of @code{UMINUS} can be used in specific rules:
5316
5317 @example
5318 @group
5319 exp: @dots{}
5320 | exp '-' exp
5321 @dots{}
5322 | '-' exp %prec UMINUS
5323 @end group
5324 @end example
5325
5326 @ifset defaultprec
5327 If you forget to append @code{%prec UMINUS} to the rule for unary
5328 minus, Bison silently assumes that minus has its usual precedence.
5329 This kind of problem can be tricky to debug, since one typically
5330 discovers the mistake only by testing the code.
5331
5332 The @code{%no-default-prec;} declaration makes it easier to discover
5333 this kind of problem systematically. It causes rules that lack a
5334 @code{%prec} modifier to have no precedence, even if the last terminal
5335 symbol mentioned in their components has a declared precedence.
5336
5337 If @code{%no-default-prec;} is in effect, you must specify @code{%prec}
5338 for all rules that participate in precedence conflict resolution.
5339 Then you will see any shift/reduce conflict until you tell Bison how
5340 to resolve it, either by changing your grammar or by adding an
5341 explicit precedence. This will probably add declarations to the
5342 grammar, but it helps to protect against incorrect rule precedences.
5343
5344 The effect of @code{%no-default-prec;} can be reversed by giving
5345 @code{%default-prec;}, which is the default.
5346 @end ifset
5347
5348 @node Parser States
5349 @section Parser States
5350 @cindex finite-state machine
5351 @cindex parser state
5352 @cindex state (of parser)
5353
5354 The function @code{yyparse} is implemented using a finite-state machine.
5355 The values pushed on the parser stack are not simply token type codes; they
5356 represent the entire sequence of terminal and nonterminal symbols at or
5357 near the top of the stack. The current state collects all the information
5358 about previous input which is relevant to deciding what to do next.
5359
5360 Each time a look-ahead token is read, the current parser state together
5361 with the type of look-ahead token are looked up in a table. This table
5362 entry can say, ``Shift the look-ahead token.'' In this case, it also
5363 specifies the new parser state, which is pushed onto the top of the
5364 parser stack. Or it can say, ``Reduce using rule number @var{n}.''
5365 This means that a certain number of tokens or groupings are taken off
5366 the top of the stack, and replaced by one grouping. In other words,
5367 that number of states are popped from the stack, and one new state is
5368 pushed.
5369
5370 There is one other alternative: the table can say that the look-ahead token
5371 is erroneous in the current state. This causes error processing to begin
5372 (@pxref{Error Recovery}).
5373
5374 @node Reduce/Reduce
5375 @section Reduce/Reduce Conflicts
5376 @cindex reduce/reduce conflict
5377 @cindex conflicts, reduce/reduce
5378
5379 A reduce/reduce conflict occurs if there are two or more rules that apply
5380 to the same sequence of input. This usually indicates a serious error
5381 in the grammar.
5382
5383 For example, here is an erroneous attempt to define a sequence
5384 of zero or more @code{word} groupings.
5385
5386 @example
5387 sequence: /* empty */
5388 @{ printf ("empty sequence\n"); @}
5389 | maybeword
5390 | sequence word
5391 @{ printf ("added word %s\n", $2); @}
5392 ;
5393
5394 maybeword: /* empty */
5395 @{ printf ("empty maybeword\n"); @}
5396 | word
5397 @{ printf ("single word %s\n", $1); @}
5398 ;
5399 @end example
5400
5401 @noindent
5402 The error is an ambiguity: there is more than one way to parse a single
5403 @code{word} into a @code{sequence}. It could be reduced to a
5404 @code{maybeword} and then into a @code{sequence} via the second rule.
5405 Alternatively, nothing-at-all could be reduced into a @code{sequence}
5406 via the first rule, and this could be combined with the @code{word}
5407 using the third rule for @code{sequence}.
5408
5409 There is also more than one way to reduce nothing-at-all into a
5410 @code{sequence}. This can be done directly via the first rule,
5411 or indirectly via @code{maybeword} and then the second rule.
5412
5413 You might think that this is a distinction without a difference, because it
5414 does not change whether any particular input is valid or not. But it does
5415 affect which actions are run. One parsing order runs the second rule's
5416 action; the other runs the first rule's action and the third rule's action.
5417 In this example, the output of the program changes.
5418
5419 Bison resolves a reduce/reduce conflict by choosing to use the rule that
5420 appears first in the grammar, but it is very risky to rely on this. Every
5421 reduce/reduce conflict must be studied and usually eliminated. Here is the
5422 proper way to define @code{sequence}:
5423
5424 @example
5425 sequence: /* empty */
5426 @{ printf ("empty sequence\n"); @}
5427 | sequence word
5428 @{ printf ("added word %s\n", $2); @}
5429 ;
5430 @end example
5431
5432 Here is another common error that yields a reduce/reduce conflict:
5433
5434 @example
5435 sequence: /* empty */
5436 | sequence words
5437 | sequence redirects
5438 ;
5439
5440 words: /* empty */
5441 | words word
5442 ;
5443
5444 redirects:/* empty */
5445 | redirects redirect
5446 ;
5447 @end example
5448
5449 @noindent
5450 The intention here is to define a sequence which can contain either
5451 @code{word} or @code{redirect} groupings. The individual definitions of
5452 @code{sequence}, @code{words} and @code{redirects} are error-free, but the
5453 three together make a subtle ambiguity: even an empty input can be parsed
5454 in infinitely many ways!
5455
5456 Consider: nothing-at-all could be a @code{words}. Or it could be two
5457 @code{words} in a row, or three, or any number. It could equally well be a
5458 @code{redirects}, or two, or any number. Or it could be a @code{words}
5459 followed by three @code{redirects} and another @code{words}. And so on.
5460
5461 Here are two ways to correct these rules. First, to make it a single level
5462 of sequence:
5463
5464 @example
5465 sequence: /* empty */
5466 | sequence word
5467 | sequence redirect
5468 ;
5469 @end example
5470
5471 Second, to prevent either a @code{words} or a @code{redirects}
5472 from being empty:
5473
5474 @example
5475 sequence: /* empty */
5476 | sequence words
5477 | sequence redirects
5478 ;
5479
5480 words: word
5481 | words word
5482 ;
5483
5484 redirects:redirect
5485 | redirects redirect
5486 ;
5487 @end example
5488
5489 @node Mystery Conflicts
5490 @section Mysterious Reduce/Reduce Conflicts
5491
5492 Sometimes reduce/reduce conflicts can occur that don't look warranted.
5493 Here is an example:
5494
5495 @example
5496 @group
5497 %token ID
5498
5499 %%
5500 def: param_spec return_spec ','
5501 ;
5502 param_spec:
5503 type
5504 | name_list ':' type
5505 ;
5506 @end group
5507 @group
5508 return_spec:
5509 type
5510 | name ':' type
5511 ;
5512 @end group
5513 @group
5514 type: ID
5515 ;
5516 @end group
5517 @group
5518 name: ID
5519 ;
5520 name_list:
5521 name
5522 | name ',' name_list
5523 ;
5524 @end group
5525 @end example
5526
5527 It would seem that this grammar can be parsed with only a single token
5528 of look-ahead: when a @code{param_spec} is being read, an @code{ID} is
5529 a @code{name} if a comma or colon follows, or a @code{type} if another
5530 @code{ID} follows. In other words, this grammar is @acronym{LR}(1).
5531
5532 @cindex @acronym{LR}(1)
5533 @cindex @acronym{LALR}(1)
5534 However, Bison, like most parser generators, cannot actually handle all
5535 @acronym{LR}(1) grammars. In this grammar, two contexts, that after
5536 an @code{ID}
5537 at the beginning of a @code{param_spec} and likewise at the beginning of
5538 a @code{return_spec}, are similar enough that Bison assumes they are the
5539 same. They appear similar because the same set of rules would be
5540 active---the rule for reducing to a @code{name} and that for reducing to
5541 a @code{type}. Bison is unable to determine at that stage of processing
5542 that the rules would require different look-ahead tokens in the two
5543 contexts, so it makes a single parser state for them both. Combining
5544 the two contexts causes a conflict later. In parser terminology, this
5545 occurrence means that the grammar is not @acronym{LALR}(1).
5546
5547 In general, it is better to fix deficiencies than to document them. But
5548 this particular deficiency is intrinsically hard to fix; parser
5549 generators that can handle @acronym{LR}(1) grammars are hard to write
5550 and tend to
5551 produce parsers that are very large. In practice, Bison is more useful
5552 as it is now.
5553
5554 When the problem arises, you can often fix it by identifying the two
5555 parser states that are being confused, and adding something to make them
5556 look distinct. In the above example, adding one rule to
5557 @code{return_spec} as follows makes the problem go away:
5558
5559 @example
5560 @group
5561 %token BOGUS
5562 @dots{}
5563 %%
5564 @dots{}
5565 return_spec:
5566 type
5567 | name ':' type
5568 /* This rule is never used. */
5569 | ID BOGUS
5570 ;
5571 @end group
5572 @end example
5573
5574 This corrects the problem because it introduces the possibility of an
5575 additional active rule in the context after the @code{ID} at the beginning of
5576 @code{return_spec}. This rule is not active in the corresponding context
5577 in a @code{param_spec}, so the two contexts receive distinct parser states.
5578 As long as the token @code{BOGUS} is never generated by @code{yylex},
5579 the added rule cannot alter the way actual input is parsed.
5580
5581 In this particular example, there is another way to solve the problem:
5582 rewrite the rule for @code{return_spec} to use @code{ID} directly
5583 instead of via @code{name}. This also causes the two confusing
5584 contexts to have different sets of active rules, because the one for
5585 @code{return_spec} activates the altered rule for @code{return_spec}
5586 rather than the one for @code{name}.
5587
5588 @example
5589 param_spec:
5590 type
5591 | name_list ':' type
5592 ;
5593 return_spec:
5594 type
5595 | ID ':' type
5596 ;
5597 @end example
5598
5599 For a more detailed exposition of @acronym{LALR}(1) parsers and parser
5600 generators, please see:
5601 Frank DeRemer and Thomas Pennello, Efficient Computation of
5602 @acronym{LALR}(1) Look-Ahead Sets, @cite{@acronym{ACM} Transactions on
5603 Programming Languages and Systems}, Vol.@: 4, No.@: 4 (October 1982),
5604 pp.@: 615--649 @uref{http://doi.acm.org/10.1145/69622.357187}.
5605
5606 @node Generalized LR Parsing
5607 @section Generalized @acronym{LR} (@acronym{GLR}) Parsing
5608 @cindex @acronym{GLR} parsing
5609 @cindex generalized @acronym{LR} (@acronym{GLR}) parsing
5610 @cindex ambiguous grammars
5611 @cindex nondeterministic parsing
5612
5613 Bison produces @emph{deterministic} parsers that choose uniquely
5614 when to reduce and which reduction to apply
5615 based on a summary of the preceding input and on one extra token of look-ahead.
5616 As a result, normal Bison handles a proper subset of the family of
5617 context-free languages.
5618 Ambiguous grammars, since they have strings with more than one possible
5619 sequence of reductions cannot have deterministic parsers in this sense.
5620 The same is true of languages that require more than one symbol of
5621 look-ahead, since the parser lacks the information necessary to make a
5622 decision at the point it must be made in a shift-reduce parser.
5623 Finally, as previously mentioned (@pxref{Mystery Conflicts}),
5624 there are languages where Bison's particular choice of how to
5625 summarize the input seen so far loses necessary information.
5626
5627 When you use the @samp{%glr-parser} declaration in your grammar file,
5628 Bison generates a parser that uses a different algorithm, called
5629 Generalized @acronym{LR} (or @acronym{GLR}). A Bison @acronym{GLR}
5630 parser uses the same basic
5631 algorithm for parsing as an ordinary Bison parser, but behaves
5632 differently in cases where there is a shift-reduce conflict that has not
5633 been resolved by precedence rules (@pxref{Precedence}) or a
5634 reduce-reduce conflict. When a @acronym{GLR} parser encounters such a
5635 situation, it
5636 effectively @emph{splits} into a several parsers, one for each possible
5637 shift or reduction. These parsers then proceed as usual, consuming
5638 tokens in lock-step. Some of the stacks may encounter other conflicts
5639 and split further, with the result that instead of a sequence of states,
5640 a Bison @acronym{GLR} parsing stack is what is in effect a tree of states.
5641
5642 In effect, each stack represents a guess as to what the proper parse
5643 is. Additional input may indicate that a guess was wrong, in which case
5644 the appropriate stack silently disappears. Otherwise, the semantics
5645 actions generated in each stack are saved, rather than being executed
5646 immediately. When a stack disappears, its saved semantic actions never
5647 get executed. When a reduction causes two stacks to become equivalent,
5648 their sets of semantic actions are both saved with the state that
5649 results from the reduction. We say that two stacks are equivalent
5650 when they both represent the same sequence of states,
5651 and each pair of corresponding states represents a
5652 grammar symbol that produces the same segment of the input token
5653 stream.
5654
5655 Whenever the parser makes a transition from having multiple
5656 states to having one, it reverts to the normal @acronym{LALR}(1) parsing
5657 algorithm, after resolving and executing the saved-up actions.
5658 At this transition, some of the states on the stack will have semantic
5659 values that are sets (actually multisets) of possible actions. The
5660 parser tries to pick one of the actions by first finding one whose rule
5661 has the highest dynamic precedence, as set by the @samp{%dprec}
5662 declaration. Otherwise, if the alternative actions are not ordered by
5663 precedence, but there the same merging function is declared for both
5664 rules by the @samp{%merge} declaration,
5665 Bison resolves and evaluates both and then calls the merge function on
5666 the result. Otherwise, it reports an ambiguity.
5667
5668 It is possible to use a data structure for the @acronym{GLR} parsing tree that
5669 permits the processing of any @acronym{LALR}(1) grammar in linear time (in the
5670 size of the input), any unambiguous (not necessarily
5671 @acronym{LALR}(1)) grammar in
5672 quadratic worst-case time, and any general (possibly ambiguous)
5673 context-free grammar in cubic worst-case time. However, Bison currently
5674 uses a simpler data structure that requires time proportional to the
5675 length of the input times the maximum number of stacks required for any
5676 prefix of the input. Thus, really ambiguous or nondeterministic
5677 grammars can require exponential time and space to process. Such badly
5678 behaving examples, however, are not generally of practical interest.
5679 Usually, nondeterminism in a grammar is local---the parser is ``in
5680 doubt'' only for a few tokens at a time. Therefore, the current data
5681 structure should generally be adequate. On @acronym{LALR}(1) portions of a
5682 grammar, in particular, it is only slightly slower than with the default
5683 Bison parser.
5684
5685 For a more detailed exposition of @acronym{GLR} parsers, please see: Elizabeth
5686 Scott, Adrian Johnstone and Shamsa Sadaf Hussain, Tomita-Style
5687 Generalised @acronym{LR} Parsers, Royal Holloway, University of
5688 London, Department of Computer Science, TR-00-12,
5689 @uref{http://www.cs.rhul.ac.uk/research/languages/publications/tomita_style_1.ps},
5690 (2000-12-24).
5691
5692 @node Memory Management
5693 @section Memory Management, and How to Avoid Memory Exhaustion
5694 @cindex memory exhaustion
5695 @cindex memory management
5696 @cindex stack overflow
5697 @cindex parser stack overflow
5698 @cindex overflow of parser stack
5699
5700 The Bison parser stack can run out of memory if too many tokens are shifted and
5701 not reduced. When this happens, the parser function @code{yyparse}
5702 calls @code{yyerror} and then returns 2.
5703
5704 Because Bison parsers have growing stacks, hitting the upper limit
5705 usually results from using a right recursion instead of a left
5706 recursion, @xref{Recursion, ,Recursive Rules}.
5707
5708 @vindex YYMAXDEPTH
5709 By defining the macro @code{YYMAXDEPTH}, you can control how deep the
5710 parser stack can become before memory is exhausted. Define the
5711 macro with a value that is an integer. This value is the maximum number
5712 of tokens that can be shifted (and not reduced) before overflow.
5713
5714 The stack space allowed is not necessarily allocated. If you specify a
5715 large value for @code{YYMAXDEPTH}, the parser normally allocates a small
5716 stack at first, and then makes it bigger by stages as needed. This
5717 increasing allocation happens automatically and silently. Therefore,
5718 you do not need to make @code{YYMAXDEPTH} painfully small merely to save
5719 space for ordinary inputs that do not need much stack.
5720
5721 However, do not allow @code{YYMAXDEPTH} to be a value so large that
5722 arithmetic overflow could occur when calculating the size of the stack
5723 space. Also, do not allow @code{YYMAXDEPTH} to be less than
5724 @code{YYINITDEPTH}.
5725
5726 @cindex default stack limit
5727 The default value of @code{YYMAXDEPTH}, if you do not define it, is
5728 10000.
5729
5730 @vindex YYINITDEPTH
5731 You can control how much stack is allocated initially by defining the
5732 macro @code{YYINITDEPTH} to a positive integer. For the C
5733 @acronym{LALR}(1) parser, this value must be a compile-time constant
5734 unless you are assuming C99 or some other target language or compiler
5735 that allows variable-length arrays. The default is 200.
5736
5737 Do not allow @code{YYINITDEPTH} to be greater than @code{YYMAXDEPTH}.
5738
5739 @c FIXME: C++ output.
5740 Because of semantical differences between C and C++, the
5741 @acronym{LALR}(1) parsers in C produced by Bison cannot grow when compiled
5742 by C++ compilers. In this precise case (compiling a C parser as C++) you are
5743 suggested to grow @code{YYINITDEPTH}. The Bison maintainers hope to fix
5744 this deficiency in a future release.
5745
5746 @node Error Recovery
5747 @chapter Error Recovery
5748 @cindex error recovery
5749 @cindex recovery from errors
5750
5751 It is not usually acceptable to have a program terminate on a syntax
5752 error. For example, a compiler should recover sufficiently to parse the
5753 rest of the input file and check it for errors; a calculator should accept
5754 another expression.
5755
5756 In a simple interactive command parser where each input is one line, it may
5757 be sufficient to allow @code{yyparse} to return 1 on error and have the
5758 caller ignore the rest of the input line when that happens (and then call
5759 @code{yyparse} again). But this is inadequate for a compiler, because it
5760 forgets all the syntactic context leading up to the error. A syntax error
5761 deep within a function in the compiler input should not cause the compiler
5762 to treat the following line like the beginning of a source file.
5763
5764 @findex error
5765 You can define how to recover from a syntax error by writing rules to
5766 recognize the special token @code{error}. This is a terminal symbol that
5767 is always defined (you need not declare it) and reserved for error
5768 handling. The Bison parser generates an @code{error} token whenever a
5769 syntax error happens; if you have provided a rule to recognize this token
5770 in the current context, the parse can continue.
5771
5772 For example:
5773
5774 @example
5775 stmnts: /* empty string */
5776 | stmnts '\n'
5777 | stmnts exp '\n'
5778 | stmnts error '\n'
5779 @end example
5780
5781 The fourth rule in this example says that an error followed by a newline
5782 makes a valid addition to any @code{stmnts}.
5783
5784 What happens if a syntax error occurs in the middle of an @code{exp}? The
5785 error recovery rule, interpreted strictly, applies to the precise sequence
5786 of a @code{stmnts}, an @code{error} and a newline. If an error occurs in
5787 the middle of an @code{exp}, there will probably be some additional tokens
5788 and subexpressions on the stack after the last @code{stmnts}, and there
5789 will be tokens to read before the next newline. So the rule is not
5790 applicable in the ordinary way.
5791
5792 But Bison can force the situation to fit the rule, by discarding part of
5793 the semantic context and part of the input. First it discards states
5794 and objects from the stack until it gets back to a state in which the
5795 @code{error} token is acceptable. (This means that the subexpressions
5796 already parsed are discarded, back to the last complete @code{stmnts}.)
5797 At this point the @code{error} token can be shifted. Then, if the old
5798 look-ahead token is not acceptable to be shifted next, the parser reads
5799 tokens and discards them until it finds a token which is acceptable. In
5800 this example, Bison reads and discards input until the next newline so
5801 that the fourth rule can apply. Note that discarded symbols are
5802 possible sources of memory leaks, see @ref{Destructor Decl, , Freeing
5803 Discarded Symbols}, for a means to reclaim this memory.
5804
5805 The choice of error rules in the grammar is a choice of strategies for
5806 error recovery. A simple and useful strategy is simply to skip the rest of
5807 the current input line or current statement if an error is detected:
5808
5809 @example
5810 stmnt: error ';' /* On error, skip until ';' is read. */
5811 @end example
5812
5813 It is also useful to recover to the matching close-delimiter of an
5814 opening-delimiter that has already been parsed. Otherwise the
5815 close-delimiter will probably appear to be unmatched, and generate another,
5816 spurious error message:
5817
5818 @example
5819 primary: '(' expr ')'
5820 | '(' error ')'
5821 @dots{}
5822 ;
5823 @end example
5824
5825 Error recovery strategies are necessarily guesses. When they guess wrong,
5826 one syntax error often leads to another. In the above example, the error
5827 recovery rule guesses that an error is due to bad input within one
5828 @code{stmnt}. Suppose that instead a spurious semicolon is inserted in the
5829 middle of a valid @code{stmnt}. After the error recovery rule recovers
5830 from the first error, another syntax error will be found straightaway,
5831 since the text following the spurious semicolon is also an invalid
5832 @code{stmnt}.
5833
5834 To prevent an outpouring of error messages, the parser will output no error
5835 message for another syntax error that happens shortly after the first; only
5836 after three consecutive input tokens have been successfully shifted will
5837 error messages resume.
5838
5839 Note that rules which accept the @code{error} token may have actions, just
5840 as any other rules can.
5841
5842 @findex yyerrok
5843 You can make error messages resume immediately by using the macro
5844 @code{yyerrok} in an action. If you do this in the error rule's action, no
5845 error messages will be suppressed. This macro requires no arguments;
5846 @samp{yyerrok;} is a valid C statement.
5847
5848 @findex yyclearin
5849 The previous look-ahead token is reanalyzed immediately after an error. If
5850 this is unacceptable, then the macro @code{yyclearin} may be used to clear
5851 this token. Write the statement @samp{yyclearin;} in the error rule's
5852 action.
5853
5854 For example, suppose that on a syntax error, an error handling routine is
5855 called that advances the input stream to some point where parsing should
5856 once again commence. The next symbol returned by the lexical scanner is
5857 probably correct. The previous look-ahead token ought to be discarded
5858 with @samp{yyclearin;}.
5859
5860 @vindex YYRECOVERING
5861 The macro @code{YYRECOVERING} stands for an expression that has the
5862 value 1 when the parser is recovering from a syntax error, and 0 the
5863 rest of the time. A value of 1 indicates that error messages are
5864 currently suppressed for new syntax errors.
5865
5866 @node Context Dependency
5867 @chapter Handling Context Dependencies
5868
5869 The Bison paradigm is to parse tokens first, then group them into larger
5870 syntactic units. In many languages, the meaning of a token is affected by
5871 its context. Although this violates the Bison paradigm, certain techniques
5872 (known as @dfn{kludges}) may enable you to write Bison parsers for such
5873 languages.
5874
5875 @menu
5876 * Semantic Tokens:: Token parsing can depend on the semantic context.
5877 * Lexical Tie-ins:: Token parsing can depend on the syntactic context.
5878 * Tie-in Recovery:: Lexical tie-ins have implications for how
5879 error recovery rules must be written.
5880 @end menu
5881
5882 (Actually, ``kludge'' means any technique that gets its job done but is
5883 neither clean nor robust.)
5884
5885 @node Semantic Tokens
5886 @section Semantic Info in Token Types
5887
5888 The C language has a context dependency: the way an identifier is used
5889 depends on what its current meaning is. For example, consider this:
5890
5891 @example
5892 foo (x);
5893 @end example
5894
5895 This looks like a function call statement, but if @code{foo} is a typedef
5896 name, then this is actually a declaration of @code{x}. How can a Bison
5897 parser for C decide how to parse this input?
5898
5899 The method used in @acronym{GNU} C is to have two different token types,
5900 @code{IDENTIFIER} and @code{TYPENAME}. When @code{yylex} finds an
5901 identifier, it looks up the current declaration of the identifier in order
5902 to decide which token type to return: @code{TYPENAME} if the identifier is
5903 declared as a typedef, @code{IDENTIFIER} otherwise.
5904
5905 The grammar rules can then express the context dependency by the choice of
5906 token type to recognize. @code{IDENTIFIER} is accepted as an expression,
5907 but @code{TYPENAME} is not. @code{TYPENAME} can start a declaration, but
5908 @code{IDENTIFIER} cannot. In contexts where the meaning of the identifier
5909 is @emph{not} significant, such as in declarations that can shadow a
5910 typedef name, either @code{TYPENAME} or @code{IDENTIFIER} is
5911 accepted---there is one rule for each of the two token types.
5912
5913 This technique is simple to use if the decision of which kinds of
5914 identifiers to allow is made at a place close to where the identifier is
5915 parsed. But in C this is not always so: C allows a declaration to
5916 redeclare a typedef name provided an explicit type has been specified
5917 earlier:
5918
5919 @example
5920 typedef int foo, bar;
5921 int baz (void)
5922 @{
5923 static bar (bar); /* @r{redeclare @code{bar} as static variable} */
5924 extern foo foo (foo); /* @r{redeclare @code{foo} as function} */
5925 return foo (bar);
5926 @}
5927 @end example
5928
5929 Unfortunately, the name being declared is separated from the declaration
5930 construct itself by a complicated syntactic structure---the ``declarator''.
5931
5932 As a result, part of the Bison parser for C needs to be duplicated, with
5933 all the nonterminal names changed: once for parsing a declaration in
5934 which a typedef name can be redefined, and once for parsing a
5935 declaration in which that can't be done. Here is a part of the
5936 duplication, with actions omitted for brevity:
5937
5938 @example
5939 initdcl:
5940 declarator maybeasm '='
5941 init
5942 | declarator maybeasm
5943 ;
5944
5945 notype_initdcl:
5946 notype_declarator maybeasm '='
5947 init
5948 | notype_declarator maybeasm
5949 ;
5950 @end example
5951
5952 @noindent
5953 Here @code{initdcl} can redeclare a typedef name, but @code{notype_initdcl}
5954 cannot. The distinction between @code{declarator} and
5955 @code{notype_declarator} is the same sort of thing.
5956
5957 There is some similarity between this technique and a lexical tie-in
5958 (described next), in that information which alters the lexical analysis is
5959 changed during parsing by other parts of the program. The difference is
5960 here the information is global, and is used for other purposes in the
5961 program. A true lexical tie-in has a special-purpose flag controlled by
5962 the syntactic context.
5963
5964 @node Lexical Tie-ins
5965 @section Lexical Tie-ins
5966 @cindex lexical tie-in
5967
5968 One way to handle context-dependency is the @dfn{lexical tie-in}: a flag
5969 which is set by Bison actions, whose purpose is to alter the way tokens are
5970 parsed.
5971
5972 For example, suppose we have a language vaguely like C, but with a special
5973 construct @samp{hex (@var{hex-expr})}. After the keyword @code{hex} comes
5974 an expression in parentheses in which all integers are hexadecimal. In
5975 particular, the token @samp{a1b} must be treated as an integer rather than
5976 as an identifier if it appears in that context. Here is how you can do it:
5977
5978 @example
5979 @group
5980 %@{
5981 int hexflag;
5982 int yylex (void);
5983 void yyerror (char const *);
5984 %@}
5985 %%
5986 @dots{}
5987 @end group
5988 @group
5989 expr: IDENTIFIER
5990 | constant
5991 | HEX '('
5992 @{ hexflag = 1; @}
5993 expr ')'
5994 @{ hexflag = 0;
5995 $$ = $4; @}
5996 | expr '+' expr
5997 @{ $$ = make_sum ($1, $3); @}
5998 @dots{}
5999 ;
6000 @end group
6001
6002 @group
6003 constant:
6004 INTEGER
6005 | STRING
6006 ;
6007 @end group
6008 @end example
6009
6010 @noindent
6011 Here we assume that @code{yylex} looks at the value of @code{hexflag}; when
6012 it is nonzero, all integers are parsed in hexadecimal, and tokens starting
6013 with letters are parsed as integers if possible.
6014
6015 The declaration of @code{hexflag} shown in the prologue of the parser file
6016 is needed to make it accessible to the actions (@pxref{Prologue, ,The Prologue}).
6017 You must also write the code in @code{yylex} to obey the flag.
6018
6019 @node Tie-in Recovery
6020 @section Lexical Tie-ins and Error Recovery
6021
6022 Lexical tie-ins make strict demands on any error recovery rules you have.
6023 @xref{Error Recovery}.
6024
6025 The reason for this is that the purpose of an error recovery rule is to
6026 abort the parsing of one construct and resume in some larger construct.
6027 For example, in C-like languages, a typical error recovery rule is to skip
6028 tokens until the next semicolon, and then start a new statement, like this:
6029
6030 @example
6031 stmt: expr ';'
6032 | IF '(' expr ')' stmt @{ @dots{} @}
6033 @dots{}
6034 error ';'
6035 @{ hexflag = 0; @}
6036 ;
6037 @end example
6038
6039 If there is a syntax error in the middle of a @samp{hex (@var{expr})}
6040 construct, this error rule will apply, and then the action for the
6041 completed @samp{hex (@var{expr})} will never run. So @code{hexflag} would
6042 remain set for the entire rest of the input, or until the next @code{hex}
6043 keyword, causing identifiers to be misinterpreted as integers.
6044
6045 To avoid this problem the error recovery rule itself clears @code{hexflag}.
6046
6047 There may also be an error recovery rule that works within expressions.
6048 For example, there could be a rule which applies within parentheses
6049 and skips to the close-parenthesis:
6050
6051 @example
6052 @group
6053 expr: @dots{}
6054 | '(' expr ')'
6055 @{ $$ = $2; @}
6056 | '(' error ')'
6057 @dots{}
6058 @end group
6059 @end example
6060
6061 If this rule acts within the @code{hex} construct, it is not going to abort
6062 that construct (since it applies to an inner level of parentheses within
6063 the construct). Therefore, it should not clear the flag: the rest of
6064 the @code{hex} construct should be parsed with the flag still in effect.
6065
6066 What if there is an error recovery rule which might abort out of the
6067 @code{hex} construct or might not, depending on circumstances? There is no
6068 way you can write the action to determine whether a @code{hex} construct is
6069 being aborted or not. So if you are using a lexical tie-in, you had better
6070 make sure your error recovery rules are not of this kind. Each rule must
6071 be such that you can be sure that it always will, or always won't, have to
6072 clear the flag.
6073
6074 @c ================================================== Debugging Your Parser
6075
6076 @node Debugging
6077 @chapter Debugging Your Parser
6078
6079 Developing a parser can be a challenge, especially if you don't
6080 understand the algorithm (@pxref{Algorithm, ,The Bison Parser
6081 Algorithm}). Even so, sometimes a detailed description of the automaton
6082 can help (@pxref{Understanding, , Understanding Your Parser}), or
6083 tracing the execution of the parser can give some insight on why it
6084 behaves improperly (@pxref{Tracing, , Tracing Your Parser}).
6085
6086 @menu
6087 * Understanding:: Understanding the structure of your parser.
6088 * Tracing:: Tracing the execution of your parser.
6089 @end menu
6090
6091 @node Understanding
6092 @section Understanding Your Parser
6093
6094 As documented elsewhere (@pxref{Algorithm, ,The Bison Parser Algorithm})
6095 Bison parsers are @dfn{shift/reduce automata}. In some cases (much more
6096 frequent than one would hope), looking at this automaton is required to
6097 tune or simply fix a parser. Bison provides two different
6098 representation of it, either textually or graphically (as a @acronym{VCG}
6099 file).
6100
6101 The textual file is generated when the options @option{--report} or
6102 @option{--verbose} are specified, see @xref{Invocation, , Invoking
6103 Bison}. Its name is made by removing @samp{.tab.c} or @samp{.c} from
6104 the parser output file name, and adding @samp{.output} instead.
6105 Therefore, if the input file is @file{foo.y}, then the parser file is
6106 called @file{foo.tab.c} by default. As a consequence, the verbose
6107 output file is called @file{foo.output}.
6108
6109 The following grammar file, @file{calc.y}, will be used in the sequel:
6110
6111 @example
6112 %token NUM STR
6113 %left '+' '-'
6114 %left '*'
6115 %%
6116 exp: exp '+' exp
6117 | exp '-' exp
6118 | exp '*' exp
6119 | exp '/' exp
6120 | NUM
6121 ;
6122 useless: STR;
6123 %%
6124 @end example
6125
6126 @command{bison} reports:
6127
6128 @example
6129 calc.y: warning: 1 useless nonterminal and 1 useless rule
6130 calc.y:11.1-7: warning: useless nonterminal: useless
6131 calc.y:11.10-12: warning: useless rule: useless: STR
6132 calc.y: conflicts: 7 shift/reduce
6133 @end example
6134
6135 When given @option{--report=state}, in addition to @file{calc.tab.c}, it
6136 creates a file @file{calc.output} with contents detailed below. The
6137 order of the output and the exact presentation might vary, but the
6138 interpretation is the same.
6139
6140 The first section includes details on conflicts that were solved thanks
6141 to precedence and/or associativity:
6142
6143 @example
6144 Conflict in state 8 between rule 2 and token '+' resolved as reduce.
6145 Conflict in state 8 between rule 2 and token '-' resolved as reduce.
6146 Conflict in state 8 between rule 2 and token '*' resolved as shift.
6147 @exdent @dots{}
6148 @end example
6149
6150 @noindent
6151 The next section lists states that still have conflicts.
6152
6153 @example
6154 State 8 conflicts: 1 shift/reduce
6155 State 9 conflicts: 1 shift/reduce
6156 State 10 conflicts: 1 shift/reduce
6157 State 11 conflicts: 4 shift/reduce
6158 @end example
6159
6160 @noindent
6161 @cindex token, useless
6162 @cindex useless token
6163 @cindex nonterminal, useless
6164 @cindex useless nonterminal
6165 @cindex rule, useless
6166 @cindex useless rule
6167 The next section reports useless tokens, nonterminal and rules. Useless
6168 nonterminals and rules are removed in order to produce a smaller parser,
6169 but useless tokens are preserved, since they might be used by the
6170 scanner (note the difference between ``useless'' and ``not used''
6171 below):
6172
6173 @example
6174 Useless nonterminals:
6175 useless
6176
6177 Terminals which are not used:
6178 STR
6179
6180 Useless rules:
6181 #6 useless: STR;
6182 @end example
6183
6184 @noindent
6185 The next section reproduces the exact grammar that Bison used:
6186
6187 @example
6188 Grammar
6189
6190 Number, Line, Rule
6191 0 5 $accept -> exp $end
6192 1 5 exp -> exp '+' exp
6193 2 6 exp -> exp '-' exp
6194 3 7 exp -> exp '*' exp
6195 4 8 exp -> exp '/' exp
6196 5 9 exp -> NUM
6197 @end example
6198
6199 @noindent
6200 and reports the uses of the symbols:
6201
6202 @example
6203 Terminals, with rules where they appear
6204
6205 $end (0) 0
6206 '*' (42) 3
6207 '+' (43) 1
6208 '-' (45) 2
6209 '/' (47) 4
6210 error (256)
6211 NUM (258) 5
6212
6213 Nonterminals, with rules where they appear
6214
6215 $accept (8)
6216 on left: 0
6217 exp (9)
6218 on left: 1 2 3 4 5, on right: 0 1 2 3 4
6219 @end example
6220
6221 @noindent
6222 @cindex item
6223 @cindex pointed rule
6224 @cindex rule, pointed
6225 Bison then proceeds onto the automaton itself, describing each state
6226 with it set of @dfn{items}, also known as @dfn{pointed rules}. Each
6227 item is a production rule together with a point (marked by @samp{.})
6228 that the input cursor.
6229
6230 @example
6231 state 0
6232
6233 $accept -> . exp $ (rule 0)
6234
6235 NUM shift, and go to state 1
6236
6237 exp go to state 2
6238 @end example
6239
6240 This reads as follows: ``state 0 corresponds to being at the very
6241 beginning of the parsing, in the initial rule, right before the start
6242 symbol (here, @code{exp}). When the parser returns to this state right
6243 after having reduced a rule that produced an @code{exp}, the control
6244 flow jumps to state 2. If there is no such transition on a nonterminal
6245 symbol, and the look-ahead is a @code{NUM}, then this token is shifted on
6246 the parse stack, and the control flow jumps to state 1. Any other
6247 look-ahead triggers a syntax error.''
6248
6249 @cindex core, item set
6250 @cindex item set core
6251 @cindex kernel, item set
6252 @cindex item set core
6253 Even though the only active rule in state 0 seems to be rule 0, the
6254 report lists @code{NUM} as a look-ahead token because @code{NUM} can be
6255 at the beginning of any rule deriving an @code{exp}. By default Bison
6256 reports the so-called @dfn{core} or @dfn{kernel} of the item set, but if
6257 you want to see more detail you can invoke @command{bison} with
6258 @option{--report=itemset} to list all the items, include those that can
6259 be derived:
6260
6261 @example
6262 state 0
6263
6264 $accept -> . exp $ (rule 0)
6265 exp -> . exp '+' exp (rule 1)
6266 exp -> . exp '-' exp (rule 2)
6267 exp -> . exp '*' exp (rule 3)
6268 exp -> . exp '/' exp (rule 4)
6269 exp -> . NUM (rule 5)
6270
6271 NUM shift, and go to state 1
6272
6273 exp go to state 2
6274 @end example
6275
6276 @noindent
6277 In the state 1...
6278
6279 @example
6280 state 1
6281
6282 exp -> NUM . (rule 5)
6283
6284 $default reduce using rule 5 (exp)
6285 @end example
6286
6287 @noindent
6288 the rule 5, @samp{exp: NUM;}, is completed. Whatever the look-ahead token
6289 (@samp{$default}), the parser will reduce it. If it was coming from
6290 state 0, then, after this reduction it will return to state 0, and will
6291 jump to state 2 (@samp{exp: go to state 2}).
6292
6293 @example
6294 state 2
6295
6296 $accept -> exp . $ (rule 0)
6297 exp -> exp . '+' exp (rule 1)
6298 exp -> exp . '-' exp (rule 2)
6299 exp -> exp . '*' exp (rule 3)
6300 exp -> exp . '/' exp (rule 4)
6301
6302 $ shift, and go to state 3
6303 '+' shift, and go to state 4
6304 '-' shift, and go to state 5
6305 '*' shift, and go to state 6
6306 '/' shift, and go to state 7
6307 @end example
6308
6309 @noindent
6310 In state 2, the automaton can only shift a symbol. For instance,
6311 because of the item @samp{exp -> exp . '+' exp}, if the look-ahead if
6312 @samp{+}, it will be shifted on the parse stack, and the automaton
6313 control will jump to state 4, corresponding to the item @samp{exp -> exp
6314 '+' . exp}. Since there is no default action, any other token than
6315 those listed above will trigger a syntax error.
6316
6317 The state 3 is named the @dfn{final state}, or the @dfn{accepting
6318 state}:
6319
6320 @example
6321 state 3
6322
6323 $accept -> exp $ . (rule 0)
6324
6325 $default accept
6326 @end example
6327
6328 @noindent
6329 the initial rule is completed (the start symbol and the end
6330 of input were read), the parsing exits successfully.
6331
6332 The interpretation of states 4 to 7 is straightforward, and is left to
6333 the reader.
6334
6335 @example
6336 state 4
6337
6338 exp -> exp '+' . exp (rule 1)
6339
6340 NUM shift, and go to state 1
6341
6342 exp go to state 8
6343
6344 state 5
6345
6346 exp -> exp '-' . exp (rule 2)
6347
6348 NUM shift, and go to state 1
6349
6350 exp go to state 9
6351
6352 state 6
6353
6354 exp -> exp '*' . exp (rule 3)
6355
6356 NUM shift, and go to state 1
6357
6358 exp go to state 10
6359
6360 state 7
6361
6362 exp -> exp '/' . exp (rule 4)
6363
6364 NUM shift, and go to state 1
6365
6366 exp go to state 11
6367 @end example
6368
6369 As was announced in beginning of the report, @samp{State 8 conflicts:
6370 1 shift/reduce}:
6371
6372 @example
6373 state 8
6374
6375 exp -> exp . '+' exp (rule 1)
6376 exp -> exp '+' exp . (rule 1)
6377 exp -> exp . '-' exp (rule 2)
6378 exp -> exp . '*' exp (rule 3)
6379 exp -> exp . '/' exp (rule 4)
6380
6381 '*' shift, and go to state 6
6382 '/' shift, and go to state 7
6383
6384 '/' [reduce using rule 1 (exp)]
6385 $default reduce using rule 1 (exp)
6386 @end example
6387
6388 Indeed, there are two actions associated to the look-ahead @samp{/}:
6389 either shifting (and going to state 7), or reducing rule 1. The
6390 conflict means that either the grammar is ambiguous, or the parser lacks
6391 information to make the right decision. Indeed the grammar is
6392 ambiguous, as, since we did not specify the precedence of @samp{/}, the
6393 sentence @samp{NUM + NUM / NUM} can be parsed as @samp{NUM + (NUM /
6394 NUM)}, which corresponds to shifting @samp{/}, or as @samp{(NUM + NUM) /
6395 NUM}, which corresponds to reducing rule 1.
6396
6397 Because in @acronym{LALR}(1) parsing a single decision can be made, Bison
6398 arbitrarily chose to disable the reduction, see @ref{Shift/Reduce, ,
6399 Shift/Reduce Conflicts}. Discarded actions are reported in between
6400 square brackets.
6401
6402 Note that all the previous states had a single possible action: either
6403 shifting the next token and going to the corresponding state, or
6404 reducing a single rule. In the other cases, i.e., when shifting
6405 @emph{and} reducing is possible or when @emph{several} reductions are
6406 possible, the look-ahead is required to select the action. State 8 is
6407 one such state: if the look-ahead is @samp{*} or @samp{/} then the action
6408 is shifting, otherwise the action is reducing rule 1. In other words,
6409 the first two items, corresponding to rule 1, are not eligible when the
6410 look-ahead token is @samp{*}, since we specified that @samp{*} has higher
6411 precedence than @samp{+}. More generally, some items are eligible only
6412 with some set of possible look-ahead tokens. When run with
6413 @option{--report=look-ahead}, Bison specifies these look-ahead tokens:
6414
6415 @example
6416 state 8
6417
6418 exp -> exp . '+' exp [$, '+', '-', '/'] (rule 1)
6419 exp -> exp '+' exp . [$, '+', '-', '/'] (rule 1)
6420 exp -> exp . '-' exp (rule 2)
6421 exp -> exp . '*' exp (rule 3)
6422 exp -> exp . '/' exp (rule 4)
6423
6424 '*' shift, and go to state 6
6425 '/' shift, and go to state 7
6426
6427 '/' [reduce using rule 1 (exp)]
6428 $default reduce using rule 1 (exp)
6429 @end example
6430
6431 The remaining states are similar:
6432
6433 @example
6434 state 9
6435
6436 exp -> exp . '+' exp (rule 1)
6437 exp -> exp . '-' exp (rule 2)
6438 exp -> exp '-' exp . (rule 2)
6439 exp -> exp . '*' exp (rule 3)
6440 exp -> exp . '/' exp (rule 4)
6441
6442 '*' shift, and go to state 6
6443 '/' shift, and go to state 7
6444
6445 '/' [reduce using rule 2 (exp)]
6446 $default reduce using rule 2 (exp)
6447
6448 state 10
6449
6450 exp -> exp . '+' exp (rule 1)
6451 exp -> exp . '-' exp (rule 2)
6452 exp -> exp . '*' exp (rule 3)
6453 exp -> exp '*' exp . (rule 3)
6454 exp -> exp . '/' exp (rule 4)
6455
6456 '/' shift, and go to state 7
6457
6458 '/' [reduce using rule 3 (exp)]
6459 $default reduce using rule 3 (exp)
6460
6461 state 11
6462
6463 exp -> exp . '+' exp (rule 1)
6464 exp -> exp . '-' exp (rule 2)
6465 exp -> exp . '*' exp (rule 3)
6466 exp -> exp . '/' exp (rule 4)
6467 exp -> exp '/' exp . (rule 4)
6468
6469 '+' shift, and go to state 4
6470 '-' shift, and go to state 5
6471 '*' shift, and go to state 6
6472 '/' shift, and go to state 7
6473
6474 '+' [reduce using rule 4 (exp)]
6475 '-' [reduce using rule 4 (exp)]
6476 '*' [reduce using rule 4 (exp)]
6477 '/' [reduce using rule 4 (exp)]
6478 $default reduce using rule 4 (exp)
6479 @end example
6480
6481 @noindent
6482 Observe that state 11 contains conflicts not only due to the lack of
6483 precedence of @samp{/} with respect to @samp{+}, @samp{-}, and
6484 @samp{*}, but also because the
6485 associativity of @samp{/} is not specified.
6486
6487
6488 @node Tracing
6489 @section Tracing Your Parser
6490 @findex yydebug
6491 @cindex debugging
6492 @cindex tracing the parser
6493
6494 If a Bison grammar compiles properly but doesn't do what you want when it
6495 runs, the @code{yydebug} parser-trace feature can help you figure out why.
6496
6497 There are several means to enable compilation of trace facilities:
6498
6499 @table @asis
6500 @item the macro @code{YYDEBUG}
6501 @findex YYDEBUG
6502 Define the macro @code{YYDEBUG} to a nonzero value when you compile the
6503 parser. This is compliant with @acronym{POSIX} Yacc. You could use
6504 @samp{-DYYDEBUG=1} as a compiler option or you could put @samp{#define
6505 YYDEBUG 1} in the prologue of the grammar file (@pxref{Prologue, , The
6506 Prologue}).
6507
6508 @item the option @option{-t}, @option{--debug}
6509 Use the @samp{-t} option when you run Bison (@pxref{Invocation,
6510 ,Invoking Bison}). This is @acronym{POSIX} compliant too.
6511
6512 @item the directive @samp{%debug}
6513 @findex %debug
6514 Add the @code{%debug} directive (@pxref{Decl Summary, ,Bison
6515 Declaration Summary}). This is a Bison extension, which will prove
6516 useful when Bison will output parsers for languages that don't use a
6517 preprocessor. Unless @acronym{POSIX} and Yacc portability matter to
6518 you, this is
6519 the preferred solution.
6520 @end table
6521
6522 We suggest that you always enable the debug option so that debugging is
6523 always possible.
6524
6525 The trace facility outputs messages with macro calls of the form
6526 @code{YYFPRINTF (stderr, @var{format}, @var{args})} where
6527 @var{format} and @var{args} are the usual @code{printf} format and
6528 arguments. If you define @code{YYDEBUG} to a nonzero value but do not
6529 define @code{YYFPRINTF}, @code{<stdio.h>} is automatically included
6530 and @code{YYPRINTF} is defined to @code{fprintf}.
6531
6532 Once you have compiled the program with trace facilities, the way to
6533 request a trace is to store a nonzero value in the variable @code{yydebug}.
6534 You can do this by making the C code do it (in @code{main}, perhaps), or
6535 you can alter the value with a C debugger.
6536
6537 Each step taken by the parser when @code{yydebug} is nonzero produces a
6538 line or two of trace information, written on @code{stderr}. The trace
6539 messages tell you these things:
6540
6541 @itemize @bullet
6542 @item
6543 Each time the parser calls @code{yylex}, what kind of token was read.
6544
6545 @item
6546 Each time a token is shifted, the depth and complete contents of the
6547 state stack (@pxref{Parser States}).
6548
6549 @item
6550 Each time a rule is reduced, which rule it is, and the complete contents
6551 of the state stack afterward.
6552 @end itemize
6553
6554 To make sense of this information, it helps to refer to the listing file
6555 produced by the Bison @samp{-v} option (@pxref{Invocation, ,Invoking
6556 Bison}). This file shows the meaning of each state in terms of
6557 positions in various rules, and also what each state will do with each
6558 possible input token. As you read the successive trace messages, you
6559 can see that the parser is functioning according to its specification in
6560 the listing file. Eventually you will arrive at the place where
6561 something undesirable happens, and you will see which parts of the
6562 grammar are to blame.
6563
6564 The parser file is a C program and you can use C debuggers on it, but it's
6565 not easy to interpret what it is doing. The parser function is a
6566 finite-state machine interpreter, and aside from the actions it executes
6567 the same code over and over. Only the values of variables show where in
6568 the grammar it is working.
6569
6570 @findex YYPRINT
6571 The debugging information normally gives the token type of each token
6572 read, but not its semantic value. You can optionally define a macro
6573 named @code{YYPRINT} to provide a way to print the value. If you define
6574 @code{YYPRINT}, it should take three arguments. The parser will pass a
6575 standard I/O stream, the numeric code for the token type, and the token
6576 value (from @code{yylval}).
6577
6578 Here is an example of @code{YYPRINT} suitable for the multi-function
6579 calculator (@pxref{Mfcalc Decl, ,Declarations for @code{mfcalc}}):
6580
6581 @smallexample
6582 %@{
6583 static void print_token_value (FILE *, int, YYSTYPE);
6584 #define YYPRINT(file, type, value) print_token_value (file, type, value)
6585 %@}
6586
6587 @dots{} %% @dots{} %% @dots{}
6588
6589 static void
6590 print_token_value (FILE *file, int type, YYSTYPE value)
6591 @{
6592 if (type == VAR)
6593 fprintf (file, "%s", value.tptr->name);
6594 else if (type == NUM)
6595 fprintf (file, "%d", value.val);
6596 @}
6597 @end smallexample
6598
6599 @c ================================================= Invoking Bison
6600
6601 @node Invocation
6602 @chapter Invoking Bison
6603 @cindex invoking Bison
6604 @cindex Bison invocation
6605 @cindex options for invoking Bison
6606
6607 The usual way to invoke Bison is as follows:
6608
6609 @example
6610 bison @var{infile}
6611 @end example
6612
6613 Here @var{infile} is the grammar file name, which usually ends in
6614 @samp{.y}. The parser file's name is made by replacing the @samp{.y}
6615 with @samp{.tab.c} and removing any leading directory. Thus, the
6616 @samp{bison foo.y} file name yields
6617 @file{foo.tab.c}, and the @samp{bison hack/foo.y} file name yields
6618 @file{foo.tab.c}. It's also possible, in case you are writing
6619 C++ code instead of C in your grammar file, to name it @file{foo.ypp}
6620 or @file{foo.y++}. Then, the output files will take an extension like
6621 the given one as input (respectively @file{foo.tab.cpp} and
6622 @file{foo.tab.c++}).
6623 This feature takes effect with all options that manipulate file names like
6624 @samp{-o} or @samp{-d}.
6625
6626 For example :
6627
6628 @example
6629 bison -d @var{infile.yxx}
6630 @end example
6631 @noindent
6632 will produce @file{infile.tab.cxx} and @file{infile.tab.hxx}, and
6633
6634 @example
6635 bison -d -o @var{output.c++} @var{infile.y}
6636 @end example
6637 @noindent
6638 will produce @file{output.c++} and @file{outfile.h++}.
6639
6640 For compatibility with @acronym{POSIX}, the standard Bison
6641 distribution also contains a shell script called @command{yacc} that
6642 invokes Bison with the @option{-y} option.
6643
6644 @menu
6645 * Bison Options:: All the options described in detail,
6646 in alphabetical order by short options.
6647 * Option Cross Key:: Alphabetical list of long options.
6648 * Yacc Library:: Yacc-compatible @code{yylex} and @code{main}.
6649 @end menu
6650
6651 @node Bison Options
6652 @section Bison Options
6653
6654 Bison supports both traditional single-letter options and mnemonic long
6655 option names. Long option names are indicated with @samp{--} instead of
6656 @samp{-}. Abbreviations for option names are allowed as long as they
6657 are unique. When a long option takes an argument, like
6658 @samp{--file-prefix}, connect the option name and the argument with
6659 @samp{=}.
6660
6661 Here is a list of options that can be used with Bison, alphabetized by
6662 short option. It is followed by a cross key alphabetized by long
6663 option.
6664
6665 @c Please, keep this ordered as in `bison --help'.
6666 @noindent
6667 Operations modes:
6668 @table @option
6669 @item -h
6670 @itemx --help
6671 Print a summary of the command-line options to Bison and exit.
6672
6673 @item -V
6674 @itemx --version
6675 Print the version number of Bison and exit.
6676
6677 @item --print-localedir
6678 Print the name of the directory containing locale-dependent data.
6679
6680 @item -y
6681 @itemx --yacc
6682 Act more like the traditional Yacc command. This can cause
6683 different diagnostics to be generated, and may change behavior in
6684 other minor ways. Most importantly, imitate Yacc's output
6685 file name conventions, so that the parser output file is called
6686 @file{y.tab.c}, and the other outputs are called @file{y.output} and
6687 @file{y.tab.h}. Thus, the following shell script can substitute
6688 for Yacc, and the Bison distribution contains such a script for
6689 compatibility with @acronym{POSIX}:
6690
6691 @example
6692 #! /bin/sh
6693 bison -y "$@@"
6694 @end example
6695
6696 The @option{-y}/@option{--yacc} option is intended for use with
6697 traditional Yacc grammars. If your grammar uses a Bison extension
6698 like @samp{%glr-parser}, Bison might not be Yacc-compatible even if
6699 this option is specified.
6700
6701 @end table
6702
6703 @noindent
6704 Tuning the parser:
6705
6706 @table @option
6707 @item -S @var{file}
6708 @itemx --skeleton=@var{file}
6709 Specify the skeleton to use. You probably don't need this option unless
6710 you are developing Bison.
6711
6712 @item -t
6713 @itemx --debug
6714 In the parser file, define the macro @code{YYDEBUG} to 1 if it is not
6715 already defined, so that the debugging facilities are compiled.
6716 @xref{Tracing, ,Tracing Your Parser}.
6717
6718 @item --locations
6719 Pretend that @code{%locations} was specified. @xref{Decl Summary}.
6720
6721 @item -p @var{prefix}
6722 @itemx --name-prefix=@var{prefix}
6723 Pretend that @code{%name-prefix="@var{prefix}"} was specified.
6724 @xref{Decl Summary}.
6725
6726 @item -l
6727 @itemx --no-lines
6728 Don't put any @code{#line} preprocessor commands in the parser file.
6729 Ordinarily Bison puts them in the parser file so that the C compiler
6730 and debuggers will associate errors with your source file, the
6731 grammar file. This option causes them to associate errors with the
6732 parser file, treating it as an independent source file in its own right.
6733
6734 @item -n
6735 @itemx --no-parser
6736 Pretend that @code{%no-parser} was specified. @xref{Decl Summary}.
6737
6738 @item -k
6739 @itemx --token-table
6740 Pretend that @code{%token-table} was specified. @xref{Decl Summary}.
6741 @end table
6742
6743 @noindent
6744 Adjust the output:
6745
6746 @table @option
6747 @item -d
6748 @itemx --defines
6749 Pretend that @code{%defines} was specified, i.e., write an extra output
6750 file containing macro definitions for the token type names defined in
6751 the grammar, as well as a few other declarations. @xref{Decl Summary}.
6752
6753 @item --defines=@var{defines-file}
6754 Same as above, but save in the file @var{defines-file}.
6755
6756 @item -b @var{file-prefix}
6757 @itemx --file-prefix=@var{prefix}
6758 Pretend that @code{%verbose} was specified, i.e, specify prefix to use
6759 for all Bison output file names. @xref{Decl Summary}.
6760
6761 @item -r @var{things}
6762 @itemx --report=@var{things}
6763 Write an extra output file containing verbose description of the comma
6764 separated list of @var{things} among:
6765
6766 @table @code
6767 @item state
6768 Description of the grammar, conflicts (resolved and unresolved), and
6769 @acronym{LALR} automaton.
6770
6771 @item look-ahead
6772 Implies @code{state} and augments the description of the automaton with
6773 each rule's look-ahead set.
6774
6775 @item itemset
6776 Implies @code{state} and augments the description of the automaton with
6777 the full set of items for each state, instead of its core only.
6778 @end table
6779
6780 For instance, on the following grammar
6781
6782 @item -v
6783 @itemx --verbose
6784 Pretend that @code{%verbose} was specified, i.e, write an extra output
6785 file containing verbose descriptions of the grammar and
6786 parser. @xref{Decl Summary}.
6787
6788 @item -o @var{file}
6789 @itemx --output=@var{file}
6790 Specify the @var{file} for the parser file.
6791
6792 The other output files' names are constructed from @var{file} as
6793 described under the @samp{-v} and @samp{-d} options.
6794
6795 @item -g
6796 Output a @acronym{VCG} definition of the @acronym{LALR}(1) grammar
6797 automaton computed by Bison. If the grammar file is @file{foo.y}, the
6798 @acronym{VCG} output file will
6799 be @file{foo.vcg}.
6800
6801 @item --graph=@var{graph-file}
6802 The behavior of @var{--graph} is the same than @samp{-g}. The only
6803 difference is that it has an optional argument which is the name of
6804 the output graph file.
6805 @end table
6806
6807 @node Option Cross Key
6808 @section Option Cross Key
6809
6810 Here is a list of options, alphabetized by long option, to help you find
6811 the corresponding short option.
6812
6813 @tex
6814 \def\leaderfill{\leaders\hbox to 1em{\hss.\hss}\hfill}
6815
6816 {\tt
6817 \line{ --debug \leaderfill -t}
6818 \line{ --defines \leaderfill -d}
6819 \line{ --file-prefix \leaderfill -b}
6820 \line{ --graph \leaderfill -g}
6821 \line{ --help \leaderfill -h}
6822 \line{ --name-prefix \leaderfill -p}
6823 \line{ --no-lines \leaderfill -l}
6824 \line{ --no-parser \leaderfill -n}
6825 \line{ --output \leaderfill -o}
6826 \line{ --print-localedir}
6827 \line{ --token-table \leaderfill -k}
6828 \line{ --verbose \leaderfill -v}
6829 \line{ --version \leaderfill -V}
6830 \line{ --yacc \leaderfill -y}
6831 }
6832 @end tex
6833
6834 @ifinfo
6835 @example
6836 --debug -t
6837 --defines=@var{defines-file} -d
6838 --file-prefix=@var{prefix} -b @var{file-prefix}
6839 --graph=@var{graph-file} -d
6840 --help -h
6841 --name-prefix=@var{prefix} -p @var{name-prefix}
6842 --no-lines -l
6843 --no-parser -n
6844 --output=@var{outfile} -o @var{outfile}
6845 --print-localedir
6846 --token-table -k
6847 --verbose -v
6848 --version -V
6849 --yacc -y
6850 @end example
6851 @end ifinfo
6852
6853 @node Yacc Library
6854 @section Yacc Library
6855
6856 The Yacc library contains default implementations of the
6857 @code{yyerror} and @code{main} functions. These default
6858 implementations are normally not useful, but @acronym{POSIX} requires
6859 them. To use the Yacc library, link your program with the
6860 @option{-ly} option. Note that Bison's implementation of the Yacc
6861 library is distributed under the terms of the @acronym{GNU} General
6862 Public License (@pxref{Copying}).
6863
6864 If you use the Yacc library's @code{yyerror} function, you should
6865 declare @code{yyerror} as follows:
6866
6867 @example
6868 int yyerror (char const *);
6869 @end example
6870
6871 Bison ignores the @code{int} value returned by this @code{yyerror}.
6872 If you use the Yacc library's @code{main} function, your
6873 @code{yyparse} function should have the following type signature:
6874
6875 @example
6876 int yyparse (void);
6877 @end example
6878
6879 @c ================================================= C++ Bison
6880
6881 @node C++ Language Interface
6882 @chapter C++ Language Interface
6883
6884 @menu
6885 * C++ Parsers:: The interface to generate C++ parser classes
6886 * A Complete C++ Example:: Demonstrating their use
6887 @end menu
6888
6889 @node C++ Parsers
6890 @section C++ Parsers
6891
6892 @menu
6893 * C++ Bison Interface:: Asking for C++ parser generation
6894 * C++ Semantic Values:: %union vs. C++
6895 * C++ Location Values:: The position and location classes
6896 * C++ Parser Interface:: Instantiating and running the parser
6897 * C++ Scanner Interface:: Exchanges between yylex and parse
6898 @end menu
6899
6900 @node C++ Bison Interface
6901 @subsection C++ Bison Interface
6902 @c - %skeleton "lalr1.cc"
6903 @c - Always pure
6904 @c - initial action
6905
6906 The C++ parser @acronym{LALR}(1) skeleton is named @file{lalr1.cc}. To select
6907 it, you may either pass the option @option{--skeleton=lalr1.cc} to
6908 Bison, or include the directive @samp{%skeleton "lalr1.cc"} in the
6909 grammar preamble. When run, @command{bison} will create several
6910 files:
6911 @table @file
6912 @item position.hh
6913 @itemx location.hh
6914 The definition of the classes @code{position} and @code{location},
6915 used for location tracking. @xref{C++ Location Values}.
6916
6917 @item stack.hh
6918 An auxiliary class @code{stack} used by the parser.
6919
6920 @item @var{file}.hh
6921 @itemx @var{file}.cc
6922 The declaration and implementation of the C++ parser class.
6923 @var{file} is the name of the output file. It follows the same
6924 rules as with regular C parsers.
6925
6926 Note that @file{@var{file}.hh} is @emph{mandatory}, the C++ cannot
6927 work without the parser class declaration. Therefore, you must either
6928 pass @option{-d}/@option{--defines} to @command{bison}, or use the
6929 @samp{%defines} directive.
6930 @end table
6931
6932 All these files are documented using Doxygen; run @command{doxygen}
6933 for a complete and accurate documentation.
6934
6935 @node C++ Semantic Values
6936 @subsection C++ Semantic Values
6937 @c - No objects in unions
6938 @c - YSTYPE
6939 @c - Printer and destructor
6940
6941 The @code{%union} directive works as for C, see @ref{Union Decl, ,The
6942 Collection of Value Types}. In particular it produces a genuine
6943 @code{union}@footnote{In the future techniques to allow complex types
6944 within pseudo-unions (similar to Boost variants) might be implemented to
6945 alleviate these issues.}, which have a few specific features in C++.
6946 @itemize @minus
6947 @item
6948 The type @code{YYSTYPE} is defined but its use is discouraged: rather
6949 you should refer to the parser's encapsulated type
6950 @code{yy::parser::semantic_type}.
6951 @item
6952 Non POD (Plain Old Data) types cannot be used. C++ forbids any
6953 instance of classes with constructors in unions: only @emph{pointers}
6954 to such objects are allowed.
6955 @end itemize
6956
6957 Because objects have to be stored via pointers, memory is not
6958 reclaimed automatically: using the @code{%destructor} directive is the
6959 only means to avoid leaks. @xref{Destructor Decl, , Freeing Discarded
6960 Symbols}.
6961
6962
6963 @node C++ Location Values
6964 @subsection C++ Location Values
6965 @c - %locations
6966 @c - class Position
6967 @c - class Location
6968 @c - %define "filename_type" "const symbol::Symbol"
6969
6970 When the directive @code{%locations} is used, the C++ parser supports
6971 location tracking, see @ref{Locations, , Locations Overview}. Two
6972 auxiliary classes define a @code{position}, a single point in a file,
6973 and a @code{location}, a range composed of a pair of
6974 @code{position}s (possibly spanning several files).
6975
6976 @deftypemethod {position} {std::string*} file
6977 The name of the file. It will always be handled as a pointer, the
6978 parser will never duplicate nor deallocate it. As an experimental
6979 feature you may change it to @samp{@var{type}*} using @samp{%define
6980 "filename_type" "@var{type}"}.
6981 @end deftypemethod
6982
6983 @deftypemethod {position} {unsigned int} line
6984 The line, starting at 1.
6985 @end deftypemethod
6986
6987 @deftypemethod {position} {unsigned int} lines (int @var{height} = 1)
6988 Advance by @var{height} lines, resetting the column number.
6989 @end deftypemethod
6990
6991 @deftypemethod {position} {unsigned int} column
6992 The column, starting at 0.
6993 @end deftypemethod
6994
6995 @deftypemethod {position} {unsigned int} columns (int @var{width} = 1)
6996 Advance by @var{width} columns, without changing the line number.
6997 @end deftypemethod
6998
6999 @deftypemethod {position} {position&} operator+= (position& @var{pos}, int @var{width})
7000 @deftypemethodx {position} {position} operator+ (const position& @var{pos}, int @var{width})
7001 @deftypemethodx {position} {position&} operator-= (const position& @var{pos}, int @var{width})
7002 @deftypemethodx {position} {position} operator- (position& @var{pos}, int @var{width})
7003 Various forms of syntactic sugar for @code{columns}.
7004 @end deftypemethod
7005
7006 @deftypemethod {position} {position} operator<< (std::ostream @var{o}, const position& @var{p})
7007 Report @var{p} on @var{o} like this:
7008 @samp{@var{file}:@var{line}.@var{column}}, or
7009 @samp{@var{line}.@var{column}} if @var{file} is null.
7010 @end deftypemethod
7011
7012 @deftypemethod {location} {position} begin
7013 @deftypemethodx {location} {position} end
7014 The first, inclusive, position of the range, and the first beyond.
7015 @end deftypemethod
7016
7017 @deftypemethod {location} {unsigned int} columns (int @var{width} = 1)
7018 @deftypemethodx {location} {unsigned int} lines (int @var{height} = 1)
7019 Advance the @code{end} position.
7020 @end deftypemethod
7021
7022 @deftypemethod {location} {location} operator+ (const location& @var{begin}, const location& @var{end})
7023 @deftypemethodx {location} {location} operator+ (const location& @var{begin}, int @var{width})
7024 @deftypemethodx {location} {location} operator+= (const location& @var{loc}, int @var{width})
7025 Various forms of syntactic sugar.
7026 @end deftypemethod
7027
7028 @deftypemethod {location} {void} step ()
7029 Move @code{begin} onto @code{end}.
7030 @end deftypemethod
7031
7032
7033 @node C++ Parser Interface
7034 @subsection C++ Parser Interface
7035 @c - define parser_class_name
7036 @c - Ctor
7037 @c - parse, error, set_debug_level, debug_level, set_debug_stream,
7038 @c debug_stream.
7039 @c - Reporting errors
7040
7041 The output files @file{@var{output}.hh} and @file{@var{output}.cc}
7042 declare and define the parser class in the namespace @code{yy}. The
7043 class name defaults to @code{parser}, but may be changed using
7044 @samp{%define "parser_class_name" "@var{name}"}. The interface of
7045 this class is detailed below. It can be extended using the
7046 @code{%parse-param} feature: its semantics is slightly changed since
7047 it describes an additional member of the parser class, and an
7048 additional argument for its constructor.
7049
7050 @defcv {Type} {parser} {semantic_value_type}
7051 @defcvx {Type} {parser} {location_value_type}
7052 The types for semantics value and locations.
7053 @end defcv
7054
7055 @deftypemethod {parser} {} parser (@var{type1} @var{arg1}, ...)
7056 Build a new parser object. There are no arguments by default, unless
7057 @samp{%parse-param @{@var{type1} @var{arg1}@}} was used.
7058 @end deftypemethod
7059
7060 @deftypemethod {parser} {int} parse ()
7061 Run the syntactic analysis, and return 0 on success, 1 otherwise.
7062 @end deftypemethod
7063
7064 @deftypemethod {parser} {std::ostream&} debug_stream ()
7065 @deftypemethodx {parser} {void} set_debug_stream (std::ostream& @var{o})
7066 Get or set the stream used for tracing the parsing. It defaults to
7067 @code{std::cerr}.
7068 @end deftypemethod
7069
7070 @deftypemethod {parser} {debug_level_type} debug_level ()
7071 @deftypemethodx {parser} {void} set_debug_level (debug_level @var{l})
7072 Get or set the tracing level. Currently its value is either 0, no trace,
7073 or nonzero, full tracing.
7074 @end deftypemethod
7075
7076 @deftypemethod {parser} {void} error (const location_type& @var{l}, const std::string& @var{m})
7077 The definition for this member function must be supplied by the user:
7078 the parser uses it to report a parser error occurring at @var{l},
7079 described by @var{m}.
7080 @end deftypemethod
7081
7082
7083 @node C++ Scanner Interface
7084 @subsection C++ Scanner Interface
7085 @c - prefix for yylex.
7086 @c - Pure interface to yylex
7087 @c - %lex-param
7088
7089 The parser invokes the scanner by calling @code{yylex}. Contrary to C
7090 parsers, C++ parsers are always pure: there is no point in using the
7091 @code{%pure-parser} directive. Therefore the interface is as follows.
7092
7093 @deftypemethod {parser} {int} yylex (semantic_value_type& @var{yylval}, location_type& @var{yylloc}, @var{type1} @var{arg1}, ...)
7094 Return the next token. Its type is the return value, its semantic
7095 value and location being @var{yylval} and @var{yylloc}. Invocations of
7096 @samp{%lex-param @{@var{type1} @var{arg1}@}} yield additional arguments.
7097 @end deftypemethod
7098
7099
7100 @node A Complete C++ Example
7101 @section A Complete C++ Example
7102
7103 This section demonstrates the use of a C++ parser with a simple but
7104 complete example. This example should be available on your system,
7105 ready to compile, in the directory @dfn{../bison/examples/calc++}. It
7106 focuses on the use of Bison, therefore the design of the various C++
7107 classes is very naive: no accessors, no encapsulation of members etc.
7108 We will use a Lex scanner, and more precisely, a Flex scanner, to
7109 demonstrate the various interaction. A hand written scanner is
7110 actually easier to interface with.
7111
7112 @menu
7113 * Calc++ --- C++ Calculator:: The specifications
7114 * Calc++ Parsing Driver:: An active parsing context
7115 * Calc++ Parser:: A parser class
7116 * Calc++ Scanner:: A pure C++ Flex scanner
7117 * Calc++ Top Level:: Conducting the band
7118 @end menu
7119
7120 @node Calc++ --- C++ Calculator
7121 @subsection Calc++ --- C++ Calculator
7122
7123 Of course the grammar is dedicated to arithmetics, a single
7124 expression, possibly preceded by variable assignments. An
7125 environment containing possibly predefined variables such as
7126 @code{one} and @code{two}, is exchanged with the parser. An example
7127 of valid input follows.
7128
7129 @example
7130 three := 3
7131 seven := one + two * three
7132 seven * seven
7133 @end example
7134
7135 @node Calc++ Parsing Driver
7136 @subsection Calc++ Parsing Driver
7137 @c - An env
7138 @c - A place to store error messages
7139 @c - A place for the result
7140
7141 To support a pure interface with the parser (and the scanner) the
7142 technique of the ``parsing context'' is convenient: a structure
7143 containing all the data to exchange. Since, in addition to simply
7144 launch the parsing, there are several auxiliary tasks to execute (open
7145 the file for parsing, instantiate the parser etc.), we recommend
7146 transforming the simple parsing context structure into a fully blown
7147 @dfn{parsing driver} class.
7148
7149 The declaration of this driver class, @file{calc++-driver.hh}, is as
7150 follows. The first part includes the CPP guard and imports the
7151 required standard library components, and the declaration of the parser
7152 class.
7153
7154 @comment file: calc++-driver.hh
7155 @example
7156 #ifndef CALCXX_DRIVER_HH
7157 # define CALCXX_DRIVER_HH
7158 # include <string>
7159 # include <map>
7160 # include "calc++-parser.hh"
7161 @end example
7162
7163
7164 @noindent
7165 Then comes the declaration of the scanning function. Flex expects
7166 the signature of @code{yylex} to be defined in the macro
7167 @code{YY_DECL}, and the C++ parser expects it to be declared. We can
7168 factor both as follows.
7169
7170 @comment file: calc++-driver.hh
7171 @example
7172 // Announce to Flex the prototype we want for lexing function, ...
7173 # define YY_DECL \
7174 int yylex (yy::calcxx_parser::semantic_type* yylval, \
7175 yy::calcxx_parser::location_type* yylloc, \
7176 calcxx_driver& driver)
7177 // ... and declare it for the parser's sake.
7178 YY_DECL;
7179 @end example
7180
7181 @noindent
7182 The @code{calcxx_driver} class is then declared with its most obvious
7183 members.
7184
7185 @comment file: calc++-driver.hh
7186 @example
7187 // Conducting the whole scanning and parsing of Calc++.
7188 class calcxx_driver
7189 @{
7190 public:
7191 calcxx_driver ();
7192 virtual ~calcxx_driver ();
7193
7194 std::map<std::string, int> variables;
7195
7196 int result;
7197 @end example
7198
7199 @noindent
7200 To encapsulate the coordination with the Flex scanner, it is useful to
7201 have two members function to open and close the scanning phase.
7202 members.
7203
7204 @comment file: calc++-driver.hh
7205 @example
7206 // Handling the scanner.
7207 void scan_begin ();
7208 void scan_end ();
7209 bool trace_scanning;
7210 @end example
7211
7212 @noindent
7213 Similarly for the parser itself.
7214
7215 @comment file: calc++-driver.hh
7216 @example
7217 // Handling the parser.
7218 void parse (const std::string& f);
7219 std::string file;
7220 bool trace_parsing;
7221 @end example
7222
7223 @noindent
7224 To demonstrate pure handling of parse errors, instead of simply
7225 dumping them on the standard error output, we will pass them to the
7226 compiler driver using the following two member functions. Finally, we
7227 close the class declaration and CPP guard.
7228
7229 @comment file: calc++-driver.hh
7230 @example
7231 // Error handling.
7232 void error (const yy::location& l, const std::string& m);
7233 void error (const std::string& m);
7234 @};
7235 #endif // ! CALCXX_DRIVER_HH
7236 @end example
7237
7238 The implementation of the driver is straightforward. The @code{parse}
7239 member function deserves some attention. The @code{error} functions
7240 are simple stubs, they should actually register the located error
7241 messages and set error state.
7242
7243 @comment file: calc++-driver.cc
7244 @example
7245 #include "calc++-driver.hh"
7246 #include "calc++-parser.hh"
7247
7248 calcxx_driver::calcxx_driver ()
7249 : trace_scanning (false), trace_parsing (false)
7250 @{
7251 variables["one"] = 1;
7252 variables["two"] = 2;
7253 @}
7254
7255 calcxx_driver::~calcxx_driver ()
7256 @{
7257 @}
7258
7259 void
7260 calcxx_driver::parse (const std::string &f)
7261 @{
7262 file = f;
7263 scan_begin ();
7264 yy::calcxx_parser parser (*this);
7265 parser.set_debug_level (trace_parsing);
7266 parser.parse ();
7267 scan_end ();
7268 @}
7269
7270 void
7271 calcxx_driver::error (const yy::location& l, const std::string& m)
7272 @{
7273 std::cerr << l << ": " << m << std::endl;
7274 @}
7275
7276 void
7277 calcxx_driver::error (const std::string& m)
7278 @{
7279 std::cerr << m << std::endl;
7280 @}
7281 @end example
7282
7283 @node Calc++ Parser
7284 @subsection Calc++ Parser
7285
7286 The parser definition file @file{calc++-parser.yy} starts by asking for
7287 the C++ LALR(1) skeleton, the creation of the parser header file, and
7288 specifies the name of the parser class. Because the C++ skeleton
7289 changed several times, it is safer to require the version you designed
7290 the grammar for.
7291
7292 @comment file: calc++-parser.yy
7293 @example
7294 %skeleton "lalr1.cc" /* -*- C++ -*- */
7295 %require "2.1a"
7296 %defines
7297 %define "parser_class_name" "calcxx_parser"
7298 @end example
7299
7300 @noindent
7301 Then come the declarations/inclusions needed to define the
7302 @code{%union}. Because the parser uses the parsing driver and
7303 reciprocally, both cannot include the header of the other. Because the
7304 driver's header needs detailed knowledge about the parser class (in
7305 particular its inner types), it is the parser's header which will simply
7306 use a forward declaration of the driver.
7307
7308 @comment file: calc++-parser.yy
7309 @example
7310 %@{
7311 # include <string>
7312 class calcxx_driver;
7313 %@}
7314 @end example
7315
7316 @noindent
7317 The driver is passed by reference to the parser and to the scanner.
7318 This provides a simple but effective pure interface, not relying on
7319 global variables.
7320
7321 @comment file: calc++-parser.yy
7322 @example
7323 // The parsing context.
7324 %parse-param @{ calcxx_driver& driver @}
7325 %lex-param @{ calcxx_driver& driver @}
7326 @end example
7327
7328 @noindent
7329 Then we request the location tracking feature, and initialize the
7330 first location's file name. Afterwards new locations are computed
7331 relatively to the previous locations: the file name will be
7332 automatically propagated.
7333
7334 @comment file: calc++-parser.yy
7335 @example
7336 %locations
7337 %initial-action
7338 @{
7339 // Initialize the initial location.
7340 @@$.begin.filename = @@$.end.filename = &driver.file;
7341 @};
7342 @end example
7343
7344 @noindent
7345 Use the two following directives to enable parser tracing and verbose
7346 error messages.
7347
7348 @comment file: calc++-parser.yy
7349 @example
7350 %debug
7351 %error-verbose
7352 @end example
7353
7354 @noindent
7355 Semantic values cannot use ``real'' objects, but only pointers to
7356 them.
7357
7358 @comment file: calc++-parser.yy
7359 @example
7360 // Symbols.
7361 %union
7362 @{
7363 int ival;
7364 std::string *sval;
7365 @};
7366 @end example
7367
7368 @noindent
7369 The code between @samp{%@{} and @samp{%@}} after the introduction of the
7370 @samp{%union} is output in the @file{*.cc} file; it needs detailed
7371 knowledge about the driver.
7372
7373 @comment file: calc++-parser.yy
7374 @example
7375 %@{
7376 # include "calc++-driver.hh"
7377 %@}
7378 @end example
7379
7380
7381 @noindent
7382 The token numbered as 0 corresponds to end of file; the following line
7383 allows for nicer error messages referring to ``end of file'' instead
7384 of ``$end''. Similarly user friendly named are provided for each
7385 symbol. Note that the tokens names are prefixed by @code{TOKEN_} to
7386 avoid name clashes.
7387
7388 @comment file: calc++-parser.yy
7389 @example
7390 %token END 0 "end of file"
7391 %token ASSIGN ":="
7392 %token <sval> IDENTIFIER "identifier"
7393 %token <ival> NUMBER "number"
7394 %type <ival> exp "expression"
7395 @end example
7396
7397 @noindent
7398 To enable memory deallocation during error recovery, use
7399 @code{%destructor}.
7400
7401 @comment file: calc++-parser.yy
7402 @example
7403 %printer @{ debug_stream () << *$$; @} "identifier"
7404 %destructor @{ delete $$; @} "identifier"
7405
7406 %printer @{ debug_stream () << $$; @} "number" "expression"
7407 @end example
7408
7409 @noindent
7410 The grammar itself is straightforward.
7411
7412 @comment file: calc++-parser.yy
7413 @example
7414 %%
7415 %start unit;
7416 unit: assignments exp @{ driver.result = $2; @};
7417
7418 assignments: assignments assignment @{@}
7419 | /* Nothing. */ @{@};
7420
7421 assignment: "identifier" ":=" exp @{ driver.variables[*$1] = $3; @};
7422
7423 %left '+' '-';
7424 %left '*' '/';
7425 exp: exp '+' exp @{ $$ = $1 + $3; @}
7426 | exp '-' exp @{ $$ = $1 - $3; @}
7427 | exp '*' exp @{ $$ = $1 * $3; @}
7428 | exp '/' exp @{ $$ = $1 / $3; @}
7429 | "identifier" @{ $$ = driver.variables[*$1]; @}
7430 | "number" @{ $$ = $1; @};
7431 %%
7432 @end example
7433
7434 @noindent
7435 Finally the @code{error} member function registers the errors to the
7436 driver.
7437
7438 @comment file: calc++-parser.yy
7439 @example
7440 void
7441 yy::calcxx_parser::error (const yy::calcxx_parser::location_type& l,
7442 const std::string& m)
7443 @{
7444 driver.error (l, m);
7445 @}
7446 @end example
7447
7448 @node Calc++ Scanner
7449 @subsection Calc++ Scanner
7450
7451 The Flex scanner first includes the driver declaration, then the
7452 parser's to get the set of defined tokens.
7453
7454 @comment file: calc++-scanner.ll
7455 @example
7456 %@{ /* -*- C++ -*- */
7457 # include <cstdlib>
7458 # include <errno.h>
7459 # include <limits.h>
7460 # include <string>
7461 # include "calc++-driver.hh"
7462 # include "calc++-parser.hh"
7463 %@}
7464 @end example
7465
7466 @noindent
7467 Because there is no @code{#include}-like feature we don't need
7468 @code{yywrap}, we don't need @code{unput} either, and we parse an
7469 actual file, this is not an interactive session with the user.
7470 Finally we enable the scanner tracing features.
7471
7472 @comment file: calc++-scanner.ll
7473 @example
7474 %option noyywrap nounput batch debug
7475 @end example
7476
7477 @noindent
7478 Abbreviations allow for more readable rules.
7479
7480 @comment file: calc++-scanner.ll
7481 @example
7482 id [a-zA-Z][a-zA-Z_0-9]*
7483 int [0-9]+
7484 blank [ \t]
7485 @end example
7486
7487 @noindent
7488 The following paragraph suffices to track locations accurately. Each
7489 time @code{yylex} is invoked, the begin position is moved onto the end
7490 position. Then when a pattern is matched, the end position is
7491 advanced of its width. In case it matched ends of lines, the end
7492 cursor is adjusted, and each time blanks are matched, the begin cursor
7493 is moved onto the end cursor to effectively ignore the blanks
7494 preceding tokens. Comments would be treated equally.
7495
7496 @comment file: calc++-scanner.ll
7497 @example
7498 %@{
7499 # define YY_USER_ACTION yylloc->columns (yyleng);
7500 %@}
7501 %%
7502 %@{
7503 yylloc->step ();
7504 %@}
7505 @{blank@}+ yylloc->step ();
7506 [\n]+ yylloc->lines (yyleng); yylloc->step ();
7507 @end example
7508
7509 @noindent
7510 The rules are simple, just note the use of the driver to report errors.
7511 It is convenient to use a typedef to shorten
7512 @code{yy::calcxx_parser::token::identifier} into
7513 @code{token::identifier} for instance.
7514
7515 @comment file: calc++-scanner.ll
7516 @example
7517 %@{
7518 typedef yy::calcxx_parser::token token;
7519 %@}
7520
7521 [-+*/] return yytext[0];
7522 ":=" return token::ASSIGN;
7523 @{int@} @{
7524 errno = 0;
7525 long n = strtol (yytext, NULL, 10);
7526 if (! (INT_MIN <= n && n <= INT_MAX && errno != ERANGE))
7527 driver.error (*yylloc, "integer is out of range");
7528 yylval->ival = n;
7529 return token::NUMBER;
7530 @}
7531 @{id@} yylval->sval = new std::string (yytext); return token::IDENTIFIER;
7532 . driver.error (*yylloc, "invalid character");
7533 %%
7534 @end example
7535
7536 @noindent
7537 Finally, because the scanner related driver's member function depend
7538 on the scanner's data, it is simpler to implement them in this file.
7539
7540 @comment file: calc++-scanner.ll
7541 @example
7542 void
7543 calcxx_driver::scan_begin ()
7544 @{
7545 yy_flex_debug = trace_scanning;
7546 if (!(yyin = fopen (file.c_str (), "r")))
7547 error (std::string ("cannot open ") + file);
7548 @}
7549
7550 void
7551 calcxx_driver::scan_end ()
7552 @{
7553 fclose (yyin);
7554 @}
7555 @end example
7556
7557 @node Calc++ Top Level
7558 @subsection Calc++ Top Level
7559
7560 The top level file, @file{calc++.cc}, poses no problem.
7561
7562 @comment file: calc++.cc
7563 @example
7564 #include <iostream>
7565 #include "calc++-driver.hh"
7566
7567 int
7568 main (int argc, char *argv[])
7569 @{
7570 calcxx_driver driver;
7571 for (++argv; argv[0]; ++argv)
7572 if (*argv == std::string ("-p"))
7573 driver.trace_parsing = true;
7574 else if (*argv == std::string ("-s"))
7575 driver.trace_scanning = true;
7576 else
7577 @{
7578 driver.parse (*argv);
7579 std::cout << driver.result << std::endl;
7580 @}
7581 @}
7582 @end example
7583
7584 @c ================================================= FAQ
7585
7586 @node FAQ
7587 @chapter Frequently Asked Questions
7588 @cindex frequently asked questions
7589 @cindex questions
7590
7591 Several questions about Bison come up occasionally. Here some of them
7592 are addressed.
7593
7594 @menu
7595 * Memory Exhausted:: Breaking the Stack Limits
7596 * How Can I Reset the Parser:: @code{yyparse} Keeps some State
7597 * Strings are Destroyed:: @code{yylval} Loses Track of Strings
7598 * Implementing Gotos/Loops:: Control Flow in the Calculator
7599 @end menu
7600
7601 @node Memory Exhausted
7602 @section Memory Exhausted
7603
7604 @display
7605 My parser returns with error with a @samp{memory exhausted}
7606 message. What can I do?
7607 @end display
7608
7609 This question is already addressed elsewhere, @xref{Recursion,
7610 ,Recursive Rules}.
7611
7612 @node How Can I Reset the Parser
7613 @section How Can I Reset the Parser
7614
7615 The following phenomenon has several symptoms, resulting in the
7616 following typical questions:
7617
7618 @display
7619 I invoke @code{yyparse} several times, and on correct input it works
7620 properly; but when a parse error is found, all the other calls fail
7621 too. How can I reset the error flag of @code{yyparse}?
7622 @end display
7623
7624 @noindent
7625 or
7626
7627 @display
7628 My parser includes support for an @samp{#include}-like feature, in
7629 which case I run @code{yyparse} from @code{yyparse}. This fails
7630 although I did specify I needed a @code{%pure-parser}.
7631 @end display
7632
7633 These problems typically come not from Bison itself, but from
7634 Lex-generated scanners. Because these scanners use large buffers for
7635 speed, they might not notice a change of input file. As a
7636 demonstration, consider the following source file,
7637 @file{first-line.l}:
7638
7639 @verbatim
7640 %{
7641 #include <stdio.h>
7642 #include <stdlib.h>
7643 %}
7644 %%
7645 .*\n ECHO; return 1;
7646 %%
7647 int
7648 yyparse (char const *file)
7649 {
7650 yyin = fopen (file, "r");
7651 if (!yyin)
7652 exit (2);
7653 /* One token only. */
7654 yylex ();
7655 if (fclose (yyin) != 0)
7656 exit (3);
7657 return 0;
7658 }
7659
7660 int
7661 main (void)
7662 {
7663 yyparse ("input");
7664 yyparse ("input");
7665 return 0;
7666 }
7667 @end verbatim
7668
7669 @noindent
7670 If the file @file{input} contains
7671
7672 @verbatim
7673 input:1: Hello,
7674 input:2: World!
7675 @end verbatim
7676
7677 @noindent
7678 then instead of getting the first line twice, you get:
7679
7680 @example
7681 $ @kbd{flex -ofirst-line.c first-line.l}
7682 $ @kbd{gcc -ofirst-line first-line.c -ll}
7683 $ @kbd{./first-line}
7684 input:1: Hello,
7685 input:2: World!
7686 @end example
7687
7688 Therefore, whenever you change @code{yyin}, you must tell the
7689 Lex-generated scanner to discard its current buffer and switch to the
7690 new one. This depends upon your implementation of Lex; see its
7691 documentation for more. For Flex, it suffices to call
7692 @samp{YY_FLUSH_BUFFER} after each change to @code{yyin}. If your
7693 Flex-generated scanner needs to read from several input streams to
7694 handle features like include files, you might consider using Flex
7695 functions like @samp{yy_switch_to_buffer} that manipulate multiple
7696 input buffers.
7697
7698 If your Flex-generated scanner uses start conditions (@pxref{Start
7699 conditions, , Start conditions, flex, The Flex Manual}), you might
7700 also want to reset the scanner's state, i.e., go back to the initial
7701 start condition, through a call to @samp{BEGIN (0)}.
7702
7703 @node Strings are Destroyed
7704 @section Strings are Destroyed
7705
7706 @display
7707 My parser seems to destroy old strings, or maybe it loses track of
7708 them. Instead of reporting @samp{"foo", "bar"}, it reports
7709 @samp{"bar", "bar"}, or even @samp{"foo\nbar", "bar"}.
7710 @end display
7711
7712 This error is probably the single most frequent ``bug report'' sent to
7713 Bison lists, but is only concerned with a misunderstanding of the role
7714 of scanner. Consider the following Lex code:
7715
7716 @verbatim
7717 %{
7718 #include <stdio.h>
7719 char *yylval = NULL;
7720 %}
7721 %%
7722 .* yylval = yytext; return 1;
7723 \n /* IGNORE */
7724 %%
7725 int
7726 main ()
7727 {
7728 /* Similar to using $1, $2 in a Bison action. */
7729 char *fst = (yylex (), yylval);
7730 char *snd = (yylex (), yylval);
7731 printf ("\"%s\", \"%s\"\n", fst, snd);
7732 return 0;
7733 }
7734 @end verbatim
7735
7736 If you compile and run this code, you get:
7737
7738 @example
7739 $ @kbd{flex -osplit-lines.c split-lines.l}
7740 $ @kbd{gcc -osplit-lines split-lines.c -ll}
7741 $ @kbd{printf 'one\ntwo\n' | ./split-lines}
7742 "one
7743 two", "two"
7744 @end example
7745
7746 @noindent
7747 this is because @code{yytext} is a buffer provided for @emph{reading}
7748 in the action, but if you want to keep it, you have to duplicate it
7749 (e.g., using @code{strdup}). Note that the output may depend on how
7750 your implementation of Lex handles @code{yytext}. For instance, when
7751 given the Lex compatibility option @option{-l} (which triggers the
7752 option @samp{%array}) Flex generates a different behavior:
7753
7754 @example
7755 $ @kbd{flex -l -osplit-lines.c split-lines.l}
7756 $ @kbd{gcc -osplit-lines split-lines.c -ll}
7757 $ @kbd{printf 'one\ntwo\n' | ./split-lines}
7758 "two", "two"
7759 @end example
7760
7761
7762 @node Implementing Gotos/Loops
7763 @section Implementing Gotos/Loops
7764
7765 @display
7766 My simple calculator supports variables, assignments, and functions,
7767 but how can I implement gotos, or loops?
7768 @end display
7769
7770 Although very pedagogical, the examples included in the document blur
7771 the distinction to make between the parser---whose job is to recover
7772 the structure of a text and to transmit it to subsequent modules of
7773 the program---and the processing (such as the execution) of this
7774 structure. This works well with so called straight line programs,
7775 i.e., precisely those that have a straightforward execution model:
7776 execute simple instructions one after the others.
7777
7778 @cindex abstract syntax tree
7779 @cindex @acronym{AST}
7780 If you want a richer model, you will probably need to use the parser
7781 to construct a tree that does represent the structure it has
7782 recovered; this tree is usually called the @dfn{abstract syntax tree},
7783 or @dfn{@acronym{AST}} for short. Then, walking through this tree,
7784 traversing it in various ways, will enable treatments such as its
7785 execution or its translation, which will result in an interpreter or a
7786 compiler.
7787
7788 This topic is way beyond the scope of this manual, and the reader is
7789 invited to consult the dedicated literature.
7790
7791
7792
7793 @c ================================================= Table of Symbols
7794
7795 @node Table of Symbols
7796 @appendix Bison Symbols
7797 @cindex Bison symbols, table of
7798 @cindex symbols in Bison, table of
7799
7800 @deffn {Variable} @@$
7801 In an action, the location of the left-hand side of the rule.
7802 @xref{Locations, , Locations Overview}.
7803 @end deffn
7804
7805 @deffn {Variable} @@@var{n}
7806 In an action, the location of the @var{n}-th symbol of the right-hand
7807 side of the rule. @xref{Locations, , Locations Overview}.
7808 @end deffn
7809
7810 @deffn {Variable} $$
7811 In an action, the semantic value of the left-hand side of the rule.
7812 @xref{Actions}.
7813 @end deffn
7814
7815 @deffn {Variable} $@var{n}
7816 In an action, the semantic value of the @var{n}-th symbol of the
7817 right-hand side of the rule. @xref{Actions}.
7818 @end deffn
7819
7820 @deffn {Delimiter} %%
7821 Delimiter used to separate the grammar rule section from the
7822 Bison declarations section or the epilogue.
7823 @xref{Grammar Layout, ,The Overall Layout of a Bison Grammar}.
7824 @end deffn
7825
7826 @c Don't insert spaces, or check the DVI output.
7827 @deffn {Delimiter} %@{@var{code}%@}
7828 All code listed between @samp{%@{} and @samp{%@}} is copied directly to
7829 the output file uninterpreted. Such code forms the prologue of the input
7830 file. @xref{Grammar Outline, ,Outline of a Bison
7831 Grammar}.
7832 @end deffn
7833
7834 @deffn {Construct} /*@dots{}*/
7835 Comment delimiters, as in C.
7836 @end deffn
7837
7838 @deffn {Delimiter} :
7839 Separates a rule's result from its components. @xref{Rules, ,Syntax of
7840 Grammar Rules}.
7841 @end deffn
7842
7843 @deffn {Delimiter} ;
7844 Terminates a rule. @xref{Rules, ,Syntax of Grammar Rules}.
7845 @end deffn
7846
7847 @deffn {Delimiter} |
7848 Separates alternate rules for the same result nonterminal.
7849 @xref{Rules, ,Syntax of Grammar Rules}.
7850 @end deffn
7851
7852 @deffn {Symbol} $accept
7853 The predefined nonterminal whose only rule is @samp{$accept: @var{start}
7854 $end}, where @var{start} is the start symbol. @xref{Start Decl, , The
7855 Start-Symbol}. It cannot be used in the grammar.
7856 @end deffn
7857
7858 @deffn {Directive} %debug
7859 Equip the parser for debugging. @xref{Decl Summary}.
7860 @end deffn
7861
7862 @ifset defaultprec
7863 @deffn {Directive} %default-prec
7864 Assign a precedence to rules that lack an explicit @samp{%prec}
7865 modifier. @xref{Contextual Precedence, ,Context-Dependent
7866 Precedence}.
7867 @end deffn
7868 @end ifset
7869
7870 @deffn {Directive} %defines
7871 Bison declaration to create a header file meant for the scanner.
7872 @xref{Decl Summary}.
7873 @end deffn
7874
7875 @deffn {Directive} %destructor
7876 Specify how the parser should reclaim the memory associated to
7877 discarded symbols. @xref{Destructor Decl, , Freeing Discarded Symbols}.
7878 @end deffn
7879
7880 @deffn {Directive} %dprec
7881 Bison declaration to assign a precedence to a rule that is used at parse
7882 time to resolve reduce/reduce conflicts. @xref{GLR Parsers, ,Writing
7883 @acronym{GLR} Parsers}.
7884 @end deffn
7885
7886 @deffn {Symbol} $end
7887 The predefined token marking the end of the token stream. It cannot be
7888 used in the grammar.
7889 @end deffn
7890
7891 @deffn {Symbol} error
7892 A token name reserved for error recovery. This token may be used in
7893 grammar rules so as to allow the Bison parser to recognize an error in
7894 the grammar without halting the process. In effect, a sentence
7895 containing an error may be recognized as valid. On a syntax error, the
7896 token @code{error} becomes the current look-ahead token. Actions
7897 corresponding to @code{error} are then executed, and the look-ahead
7898 token is reset to the token that originally caused the violation.
7899 @xref{Error Recovery}.
7900 @end deffn
7901
7902 @deffn {Directive} %error-verbose
7903 Bison declaration to request verbose, specific error message strings
7904 when @code{yyerror} is called.
7905 @end deffn
7906
7907 @deffn {Directive} %file-prefix="@var{prefix}"
7908 Bison declaration to set the prefix of the output files. @xref{Decl
7909 Summary}.
7910 @end deffn
7911
7912 @deffn {Directive} %glr-parser
7913 Bison declaration to produce a @acronym{GLR} parser. @xref{GLR
7914 Parsers, ,Writing @acronym{GLR} Parsers}.
7915 @end deffn
7916
7917 @deffn {Directive} %initial-action
7918 Run user code before parsing. @xref{Initial Action Decl, , Performing Actions before Parsing}.
7919 @end deffn
7920
7921 @deffn {Directive} %left
7922 Bison declaration to assign left associativity to token(s).
7923 @xref{Precedence Decl, ,Operator Precedence}.
7924 @end deffn
7925
7926 @deffn {Directive} %lex-param @{@var{argument-declaration}@}
7927 Bison declaration to specifying an additional parameter that
7928 @code{yylex} should accept. @xref{Pure Calling,, Calling Conventions
7929 for Pure Parsers}.
7930 @end deffn
7931
7932 @deffn {Directive} %merge
7933 Bison declaration to assign a merging function to a rule. If there is a
7934 reduce/reduce conflict with a rule having the same merging function, the
7935 function is applied to the two semantic values to get a single result.
7936 @xref{GLR Parsers, ,Writing @acronym{GLR} Parsers}.
7937 @end deffn
7938
7939 @deffn {Directive} %name-prefix="@var{prefix}"
7940 Bison declaration to rename the external symbols. @xref{Decl Summary}.
7941 @end deffn
7942
7943 @ifset defaultprec
7944 @deffn {Directive} %no-default-prec
7945 Do not assign a precedence to rules that lack an explicit @samp{%prec}
7946 modifier. @xref{Contextual Precedence, ,Context-Dependent
7947 Precedence}.
7948 @end deffn
7949 @end ifset
7950
7951 @deffn {Directive} %no-lines
7952 Bison declaration to avoid generating @code{#line} directives in the
7953 parser file. @xref{Decl Summary}.
7954 @end deffn
7955
7956 @deffn {Directive} %nonassoc
7957 Bison declaration to assign nonassociativity to token(s).
7958 @xref{Precedence Decl, ,Operator Precedence}.
7959 @end deffn
7960
7961 @deffn {Directive} %output="@var{file}"
7962 Bison declaration to set the name of the parser file. @xref{Decl
7963 Summary}.
7964 @end deffn
7965
7966 @deffn {Directive} %parse-param @{@var{argument-declaration}@}
7967 Bison declaration to specifying an additional parameter that
7968 @code{yyparse} should accept. @xref{Parser Function,, The Parser
7969 Function @code{yyparse}}.
7970 @end deffn
7971
7972 @deffn {Directive} %prec
7973 Bison declaration to assign a precedence to a specific rule.
7974 @xref{Contextual Precedence, ,Context-Dependent Precedence}.
7975 @end deffn
7976
7977 @deffn {Directive} %pure-parser
7978 Bison declaration to request a pure (reentrant) parser.
7979 @xref{Pure Decl, ,A Pure (Reentrant) Parser}.
7980 @end deffn
7981
7982 @deffn {Directive} %require "@var{version}"
7983 Require version @var{version} or higher of Bison. @xref{Require Decl, ,
7984 Require a Version of Bison}.
7985 @end deffn
7986
7987 @deffn {Directive} %right
7988 Bison declaration to assign right associativity to token(s).
7989 @xref{Precedence Decl, ,Operator Precedence}.
7990 @end deffn
7991
7992 @deffn {Directive} %start
7993 Bison declaration to specify the start symbol. @xref{Start Decl, ,The
7994 Start-Symbol}.
7995 @end deffn
7996
7997 @deffn {Directive} %token
7998 Bison declaration to declare token(s) without specifying precedence.
7999 @xref{Token Decl, ,Token Type Names}.
8000 @end deffn
8001
8002 @deffn {Directive} %token-table
8003 Bison declaration to include a token name table in the parser file.
8004 @xref{Decl Summary}.
8005 @end deffn
8006
8007 @deffn {Directive} %type
8008 Bison declaration to declare nonterminals. @xref{Type Decl,
8009 ,Nonterminal Symbols}.
8010 @end deffn
8011
8012 @deffn {Symbol} $undefined
8013 The predefined token onto which all undefined values returned by
8014 @code{yylex} are mapped. It cannot be used in the grammar, rather, use
8015 @code{error}.
8016 @end deffn
8017
8018 @deffn {Directive} %union
8019 Bison declaration to specify several possible data types for semantic
8020 values. @xref{Union Decl, ,The Collection of Value Types}.
8021 @end deffn
8022
8023 @deffn {Macro} YYABORT
8024 Macro to pretend that an unrecoverable syntax error has occurred, by
8025 making @code{yyparse} return 1 immediately. The error reporting
8026 function @code{yyerror} is not called. @xref{Parser Function, ,The
8027 Parser Function @code{yyparse}}.
8028 @end deffn
8029
8030 @deffn {Macro} YYACCEPT
8031 Macro to pretend that a complete utterance of the language has been
8032 read, by making @code{yyparse} return 0 immediately.
8033 @xref{Parser Function, ,The Parser Function @code{yyparse}}.
8034 @end deffn
8035
8036 @deffn {Macro} YYBACKUP
8037 Macro to discard a value from the parser stack and fake a look-ahead
8038 token. @xref{Action Features, ,Special Features for Use in Actions}.
8039 @end deffn
8040
8041 @deffn {Variable} yychar
8042 External integer variable that contains the integer value of the current
8043 look-ahead token. (In a pure parser, it is a local variable within
8044 @code{yyparse}.) Error-recovery rule actions may examine this variable.
8045 @xref{Action Features, ,Special Features for Use in Actions}.
8046 @end deffn
8047
8048 @deffn {Variable} yyclearin
8049 Macro used in error-recovery rule actions. It clears the previous
8050 look-ahead token. @xref{Error Recovery}.
8051 @end deffn
8052
8053 @deffn {Macro} YYDEBUG
8054 Macro to define to equip the parser with tracing code. @xref{Tracing,
8055 ,Tracing Your Parser}.
8056 @end deffn
8057
8058 @deffn {Variable} yydebug
8059 External integer variable set to zero by default. If @code{yydebug}
8060 is given a nonzero value, the parser will output information on input
8061 symbols and parser action. @xref{Tracing, ,Tracing Your Parser}.
8062 @end deffn
8063
8064 @deffn {Macro} yyerrok
8065 Macro to cause parser to recover immediately to its normal mode
8066 after a syntax error. @xref{Error Recovery}.
8067 @end deffn
8068
8069 @deffn {Macro} YYERROR
8070 Macro to pretend that a syntax error has just been detected: call
8071 @code{yyerror} and then perform normal error recovery if possible
8072 (@pxref{Error Recovery}), or (if recovery is impossible) make
8073 @code{yyparse} return 1. @xref{Error Recovery}.
8074 @end deffn
8075
8076 @deffn {Function} yyerror
8077 User-supplied function to be called by @code{yyparse} on error.
8078 @xref{Error Reporting, ,The Error
8079 Reporting Function @code{yyerror}}.
8080 @end deffn
8081
8082 @deffn {Macro} YYERROR_VERBOSE
8083 An obsolete macro that you define with @code{#define} in the prologue
8084 to request verbose, specific error message strings
8085 when @code{yyerror} is called. It doesn't matter what definition you
8086 use for @code{YYERROR_VERBOSE}, just whether you define it. Using
8087 @code{%error-verbose} is preferred.
8088 @end deffn
8089
8090 @deffn {Macro} YYINITDEPTH
8091 Macro for specifying the initial size of the parser stack.
8092 @xref{Memory Management}.
8093 @end deffn
8094
8095 @deffn {Function} yylex
8096 User-supplied lexical analyzer function, called with no arguments to get
8097 the next token. @xref{Lexical, ,The Lexical Analyzer Function
8098 @code{yylex}}.
8099 @end deffn
8100
8101 @deffn {Macro} YYLEX_PARAM
8102 An obsolete macro for specifying an extra argument (or list of extra
8103 arguments) for @code{yyparse} to pass to @code{yylex}. he use of this
8104 macro is deprecated, and is supported only for Yacc like parsers.
8105 @xref{Pure Calling,, Calling Conventions for Pure Parsers}.
8106 @end deffn
8107
8108 @deffn {Variable} yylloc
8109 External variable in which @code{yylex} should place the line and column
8110 numbers associated with a token. (In a pure parser, it is a local
8111 variable within @code{yyparse}, and its address is passed to
8112 @code{yylex}.) You can ignore this variable if you don't use the
8113 @samp{@@} feature in the grammar actions. @xref{Token Locations,
8114 ,Textual Locations of Tokens}.
8115 @end deffn
8116
8117 @deffn {Type} YYLTYPE
8118 Data type of @code{yylloc}; by default, a structure with four
8119 members. @xref{Location Type, , Data Types of Locations}.
8120 @end deffn
8121
8122 @deffn {Variable} yylval
8123 External variable in which @code{yylex} should place the semantic
8124 value associated with a token. (In a pure parser, it is a local
8125 variable within @code{yyparse}, and its address is passed to
8126 @code{yylex}.) @xref{Token Values, ,Semantic Values of Tokens}.
8127 @end deffn
8128
8129 @deffn {Macro} YYMAXDEPTH
8130 Macro for specifying the maximum size of the parser stack. @xref{Memory
8131 Management}.
8132 @end deffn
8133
8134 @deffn {Variable} yynerrs
8135 Global variable which Bison increments each time it reports a syntax error.
8136 (In a pure parser, it is a local variable within @code{yyparse}.)
8137 @xref{Error Reporting, ,The Error Reporting Function @code{yyerror}}.
8138 @end deffn
8139
8140 @deffn {Function} yyparse
8141 The parser function produced by Bison; call this function to start
8142 parsing. @xref{Parser Function, ,The Parser Function @code{yyparse}}.
8143 @end deffn
8144
8145 @deffn {Macro} YYPARSE_PARAM
8146 An obsolete macro for specifying the name of a parameter that
8147 @code{yyparse} should accept. The use of this macro is deprecated, and
8148 is supported only for Yacc like parsers. @xref{Pure Calling,, Calling
8149 Conventions for Pure Parsers}.
8150 @end deffn
8151
8152 @deffn {Macro} YYRECOVERING
8153 Macro whose value indicates whether the parser is recovering from a
8154 syntax error. @xref{Action Features, ,Special Features for Use in Actions}.
8155 @end deffn
8156
8157 @deffn {Macro} YYSTACK_USE_ALLOCA
8158 Macro used to control the use of @code{alloca} when the C
8159 @acronym{LALR}(1) parser needs to extend its stacks. If defined to 0,
8160 the parser will use @code{malloc} to extend its stacks. If defined to
8161 1, the parser will use @code{alloca}. Values other than 0 and 1 are
8162 reserved for future Bison extensions. If not defined,
8163 @code{YYSTACK_USE_ALLOCA} defaults to 0.
8164
8165 In the all-too-common case where your code may run on a host with a
8166 limited stack and with unreliable stack-overflow checking, you should
8167 set @code{YYMAXDEPTH} to a value that cannot possibly result in
8168 unchecked stack overflow on any of your target hosts when
8169 @code{alloca} is called. You can inspect the code that Bison
8170 generates in order to determine the proper numeric values. This will
8171 require some expertise in low-level implementation details.
8172 @end deffn
8173
8174 @deffn {Type} YYSTYPE
8175 Data type of semantic values; @code{int} by default.
8176 @xref{Value Type, ,Data Types of Semantic Values}.
8177 @end deffn
8178
8179 @node Glossary
8180 @appendix Glossary
8181 @cindex glossary
8182
8183 @table @asis
8184 @item Backus-Naur Form (@acronym{BNF}; also called ``Backus Normal Form'')
8185 Formal method of specifying context-free grammars originally proposed
8186 by John Backus, and slightly improved by Peter Naur in his 1960-01-02
8187 committee document contributing to what became the Algol 60 report.
8188 @xref{Language and Grammar, ,Languages and Context-Free Grammars}.
8189
8190 @item Context-free grammars
8191 Grammars specified as rules that can be applied regardless of context.
8192 Thus, if there is a rule which says that an integer can be used as an
8193 expression, integers are allowed @emph{anywhere} an expression is
8194 permitted. @xref{Language and Grammar, ,Languages and Context-Free
8195 Grammars}.
8196
8197 @item Dynamic allocation
8198 Allocation of memory that occurs during execution, rather than at
8199 compile time or on entry to a function.
8200
8201 @item Empty string
8202 Analogous to the empty set in set theory, the empty string is a
8203 character string of length zero.
8204
8205 @item Finite-state stack machine
8206 A ``machine'' that has discrete states in which it is said to exist at
8207 each instant in time. As input to the machine is processed, the
8208 machine moves from state to state as specified by the logic of the
8209 machine. In the case of the parser, the input is the language being
8210 parsed, and the states correspond to various stages in the grammar
8211 rules. @xref{Algorithm, ,The Bison Parser Algorithm}.
8212
8213 @item Generalized @acronym{LR} (@acronym{GLR})
8214 A parsing algorithm that can handle all context-free grammars, including those
8215 that are not @acronym{LALR}(1). It resolves situations that Bison's
8216 usual @acronym{LALR}(1)
8217 algorithm cannot by effectively splitting off multiple parsers, trying all
8218 possible parsers, and discarding those that fail in the light of additional
8219 right context. @xref{Generalized LR Parsing, ,Generalized
8220 @acronym{LR} Parsing}.
8221
8222 @item Grouping
8223 A language construct that is (in general) grammatically divisible;
8224 for example, `expression' or `declaration' in C@.
8225 @xref{Language and Grammar, ,Languages and Context-Free Grammars}.
8226
8227 @item Infix operator
8228 An arithmetic operator that is placed between the operands on which it
8229 performs some operation.
8230
8231 @item Input stream
8232 A continuous flow of data between devices or programs.
8233
8234 @item Language construct
8235 One of the typical usage schemas of the language. For example, one of
8236 the constructs of the C language is the @code{if} statement.
8237 @xref{Language and Grammar, ,Languages and Context-Free Grammars}.
8238
8239 @item Left associativity
8240 Operators having left associativity are analyzed from left to right:
8241 @samp{a+b+c} first computes @samp{a+b} and then combines with
8242 @samp{c}. @xref{Precedence, ,Operator Precedence}.
8243
8244 @item Left recursion
8245 A rule whose result symbol is also its first component symbol; for
8246 example, @samp{expseq1 : expseq1 ',' exp;}. @xref{Recursion, ,Recursive
8247 Rules}.
8248
8249 @item Left-to-right parsing
8250 Parsing a sentence of a language by analyzing it token by token from
8251 left to right. @xref{Algorithm, ,The Bison Parser Algorithm}.
8252
8253 @item Lexical analyzer (scanner)
8254 A function that reads an input stream and returns tokens one by one.
8255 @xref{Lexical, ,The Lexical Analyzer Function @code{yylex}}.
8256
8257 @item Lexical tie-in
8258 A flag, set by actions in the grammar rules, which alters the way
8259 tokens are parsed. @xref{Lexical Tie-ins}.
8260
8261 @item Literal string token
8262 A token which consists of two or more fixed characters. @xref{Symbols}.
8263
8264 @item Look-ahead token
8265 A token already read but not yet shifted. @xref{Look-Ahead, ,Look-Ahead
8266 Tokens}.
8267
8268 @item @acronym{LALR}(1)
8269 The class of context-free grammars that Bison (like most other parser
8270 generators) can handle; a subset of @acronym{LR}(1). @xref{Mystery
8271 Conflicts, ,Mysterious Reduce/Reduce Conflicts}.
8272
8273 @item @acronym{LR}(1)
8274 The class of context-free grammars in which at most one token of
8275 look-ahead is needed to disambiguate the parsing of any piece of input.
8276
8277 @item Nonterminal symbol
8278 A grammar symbol standing for a grammatical construct that can
8279 be expressed through rules in terms of smaller constructs; in other
8280 words, a construct that is not a token. @xref{Symbols}.
8281
8282 @item Parser
8283 A function that recognizes valid sentences of a language by analyzing
8284 the syntax structure of a set of tokens passed to it from a lexical
8285 analyzer.
8286
8287 @item Postfix operator
8288 An arithmetic operator that is placed after the operands upon which it
8289 performs some operation.
8290
8291 @item Reduction
8292 Replacing a string of nonterminals and/or terminals with a single
8293 nonterminal, according to a grammar rule. @xref{Algorithm, ,The Bison
8294 Parser Algorithm}.
8295
8296 @item Reentrant
8297 A reentrant subprogram is a subprogram which can be in invoked any
8298 number of times in parallel, without interference between the various
8299 invocations. @xref{Pure Decl, ,A Pure (Reentrant) Parser}.
8300
8301 @item Reverse polish notation
8302 A language in which all operators are postfix operators.
8303
8304 @item Right recursion
8305 A rule whose result symbol is also its last component symbol; for
8306 example, @samp{expseq1: exp ',' expseq1;}. @xref{Recursion, ,Recursive
8307 Rules}.
8308
8309 @item Semantics
8310 In computer languages, the semantics are specified by the actions
8311 taken for each instance of the language, i.e., the meaning of
8312 each statement. @xref{Semantics, ,Defining Language Semantics}.
8313
8314 @item Shift
8315 A parser is said to shift when it makes the choice of analyzing
8316 further input from the stream rather than reducing immediately some
8317 already-recognized rule. @xref{Algorithm, ,The Bison Parser Algorithm}.
8318
8319 @item Single-character literal
8320 A single character that is recognized and interpreted as is.
8321 @xref{Grammar in Bison, ,From Formal Rules to Bison Input}.
8322
8323 @item Start symbol
8324 The nonterminal symbol that stands for a complete valid utterance in
8325 the language being parsed. The start symbol is usually listed as the
8326 first nonterminal symbol in a language specification.
8327 @xref{Start Decl, ,The Start-Symbol}.
8328
8329 @item Symbol table
8330 A data structure where symbol names and associated data are stored
8331 during parsing to allow for recognition and use of existing
8332 information in repeated uses of a symbol. @xref{Multi-function Calc}.
8333
8334 @item Syntax error
8335 An error encountered during parsing of an input stream due to invalid
8336 syntax. @xref{Error Recovery}.
8337
8338 @item Token
8339 A basic, grammatically indivisible unit of a language. The symbol
8340 that describes a token in the grammar is a terminal symbol.
8341 The input of the Bison parser is a stream of tokens which comes from
8342 the lexical analyzer. @xref{Symbols}.
8343
8344 @item Terminal symbol
8345 A grammar symbol that has no rules in the grammar and therefore is
8346 grammatically indivisible. The piece of text it represents is a token.
8347 @xref{Language and Grammar, ,Languages and Context-Free Grammars}.
8348 @end table
8349
8350 @node Copying This Manual
8351 @appendix Copying This Manual
8352
8353 @menu
8354 * GNU Free Documentation License:: License for copying this manual.
8355 @end menu
8356
8357 @include fdl.texi
8358
8359 @node Index
8360 @unnumbered Index
8361
8362 @printindex cp
8363
8364 @bye
8365
8366 @c LocalWords: texinfo setfilename settitle setchapternewpage finalout
8367 @c LocalWords: ifinfo smallbook shorttitlepage titlepage GPL FIXME iftex
8368 @c LocalWords: akim fn cp syncodeindex vr tp synindex dircategory direntry
8369 @c LocalWords: ifset vskip pt filll insertcopying sp ISBN Etienne Suvasa
8370 @c LocalWords: ifnottex yyparse detailmenu GLR RPN Calc var Decls Rpcalc
8371 @c LocalWords: rpcalc Lexer Gen Comp Expr ltcalc mfcalc Decl Symtab yylex
8372 @c LocalWords: yyerror pxref LR yylval cindex dfn LALR samp gpl BNF xref
8373 @c LocalWords: const int paren ifnotinfo AC noindent emph expr stmt findex
8374 @c LocalWords: glr YYSTYPE TYPENAME prog dprec printf decl init stmtMerge
8375 @c LocalWords: pre STDC GNUC endif yy YY alloca lf stddef stdlib YYDEBUG
8376 @c LocalWords: NUM exp subsubsection kbd Ctrl ctype EOF getchar isdigit
8377 @c LocalWords: ungetc stdin scanf sc calc ulator ls lm cc NEG prec yyerrok
8378 @c LocalWords: longjmp fprintf stderr preg yylloc YYLTYPE cos ln
8379 @c LocalWords: smallexample symrec val tptr FNCT fnctptr func struct sym
8380 @c LocalWords: fnct putsym getsym fname arith fncts atan ptr malloc sizeof
8381 @c LocalWords: strlen strcpy fctn strcmp isalpha symbuf realloc isalnum
8382 @c LocalWords: ptypes itype YYPRINT trigraphs yytname expseq vindex dtype
8383 @c LocalWords: Rhs YYRHSLOC LE nonassoc op deffn typeless typefull yynerrs
8384 @c LocalWords: yychar yydebug msg YYNTOKENS YYNNTS YYNRULES YYNSTATES
8385 @c LocalWords: cparse clex deftypefun NE defmac YYACCEPT YYABORT param
8386 @c LocalWords: strncmp intval tindex lvalp locp llocp typealt YYBACKUP
8387 @c LocalWords: YYEMPTY YYRECOVERING yyclearin GE def UMINUS maybeword
8388 @c LocalWords: Johnstone Shamsa Sadaf Hussain Tomita TR uref YYMAXDEPTH
8389 @c LocalWords: YYINITDEPTH stmnts ref stmnt initdcl maybeasm VCG notype
8390 @c LocalWords: hexflag STR exdent itemset asis DYYDEBUG YYFPRINTF args
8391 @c LocalWords: YYPRINTF infile ypp yxx outfile itemx vcg tex leaderfill
8392 @c LocalWords: hbox hss hfill tt ly yyin fopen fclose ofirst gcc ll
8393 @c LocalWords: yyrestart nbar yytext fst snd osplit ntwo strdup AST
8394 @c LocalWords: YYSTACK DVI fdl printindex